3rd party controls - Page 443

Trying to randomise a jQuery content slider

- by alecrust

Hi everyone, I'm using a very nice jQuery content slider called Easy Slider on my site that I downloaded from Css Globe. The script is excellent and does just what I want - except I can't make it randomise the list, it always scrolls from left to right or right to left! I'm far from good with JavaScript, so my attempts at solving this have been feeble. Although I'm sure it must be an easy fix! If anyone wouldn't mind taking a glance over the script to see if they can spot what I need to change to make it random it would be greatly appreciated! I've tried contacting the original plugin developer but have had no response yet. The comments on the Easy Slider page didn't bear much fruit either unfortunately. I've pasted the script I'm using on my site below: /* * Easy Slider 1.7 - jQuery plugin * written by Alen Grakalic * http://cssglobe.com/post/4004/easy-slider-15-the-easiest-jquery-plugin-for-sliding * * Copyright (c) 2009 Alen Grakalic (http://cssglobe.com) * Dual licensed under the MIT (MIT-LICENSE.txt) * and GPL (GPL-LICENSE.txt) licenses. * * Built for jQuery library * http://jquery.com * */ (function($) { $.fn.easySlider = function(options){ // default configuration properties var defaults = { prevId: 'prevBtn', prevText: 'Previous', nextId: 'nextBtn', nextText: 'Next', controlsShow: true, controlsBefore: '', controlsAfter: '', controlsFade: true, firstId: 'firstBtn', firstText: 'First', firstShow: false, lastId: 'lastBtn', lastText: 'Last', lastShow: false, vertical: false, speed: 800, auto: false, pause: 7000, continuous: false, numeric: false, numericId: 'controls' }; var options = $.extend(defaults, options); this.each(function() { var obj = $(this); var s = $("li", obj).length; var w = $("li", obj).width(); var h = $("li", obj).height(); var clickable = true; obj.width(w); obj.height(h); obj.css("overflow","hidden"); var ts = s-1; var t = 0; $("ul", obj).css('width',s*w); if(options.continuous){ $("ul", obj).prepend($("ul li:last-child", obj).clone().css("margin-left","-"+ w +"px")); $("ul", obj).append($("ul li:nth-child(2)", obj).clone()); $("ul", obj).css('width',(s+1)*w); }; if(!options.vertical) $("li", obj).css('float','left'); if(options.controlsShow){ var html = options.controlsBefore; if(options.numeric){ html += '<ol id="'+ options.numericId +'"></ol>'; } else { if(options.firstShow) html += '<span id="'+ options.firstId +'"><a href=\"javascript:void(0);\">'+ options.firstText +'</a></span>'; html += ' <span id="'+ options.prevId +'"><a href=\"javascript:void(0);\">'+ options.prevText +'</a></span>'; html += ' <span id="'+ options.nextId +'"><a href=\"javascript:void(0);\">'+ options.nextText +'</a></span>'; if(options.lastShow) html += ' <span id="'+ options.lastId +'"><a href=\"javascript:void(0);\">'+ options.lastText +'</a></span>'; }; html += options.controlsAfter; $(obj).after(html); }; if(options.numeric){ for(var i=0;i<s;i++){ $(document.createElement("li")) .attr('id',options.numericId + (i+1)) .html('<a rel='+ i +' href=\"javascript:void(0);\">'+ (i+1) +'</a>') .appendTo($("#"+ options.numericId)) .click(function(){ animate($("a",$(this)).attr('rel'),true); }); }; } else { $("a","#"+options.nextId).click(function(){ animate("next",true); }); $("a","#"+options.prevId).click(function(){ animate("prev",true); }); $("a","#"+options.firstId).click(function(){ animate("first",true); }); $("a","#"+options.lastId).click(function(){ animate("last",true); }); }; function setCurrent(i){ i = parseInt(i)+1; $("li", "#" + options.numericId).removeClass("current"); $("li#" + options.numericId + i).addClass("current"); }; function adjust(){ if(t>ts) t=0; if(t<0) t=ts; if(!options.vertical) { $("ul",obj).css("margin-left",(t*w*-1)); } else { $("ul",obj).css("margin-left",(t*h*-1)); } clickable = true; if(options.numeric) setCurrent(t); }; function animate(dir,clicked){ if (clickable){ clickable = false; var ot = t; switch(dir){ case "next": t = (ot>=ts) ? (options.continuous ? t+1 : ts) : t+1; break; case "prev": t = (t<=0) ? (options.continuous ? t-1 : 0) : t-1; break; case "first": t = 0; break; case "last": t = ts; break; default: t = dir; break; }; var diff = Math.abs(ot-t); var speed = diff*options.speed; if(!options.vertical) { p = (t*w*-1); $("ul",obj).animate( { marginLeft: p }, { queue:false, duration:speed, complete:adjust } ); } else { p = (t*h*-1); $("ul",obj).animate( { marginTop: p }, { queue:false, duration:speed, complete:adjust } ); }; if(!options.continuous && options.controlsFade){ if(t==ts){ $("a","#"+options.nextId).hide(); $("a","#"+options.lastId).hide(); } else { $("a","#"+options.nextId).show(); $("a","#"+options.lastId).show(); }; if(t==0){ $("a","#"+options.prevId).hide(); $("a","#"+options.firstId).hide(); } else { $("a","#"+options.prevId).show(); $("a","#"+options.firstId).show(); }; }; if(clicked) clearTimeout(timeout); if(options.auto && dir=="next" && !clicked){; timeout = setTimeout(function(){ animate("next",false); },diff*options.speed+options.pause); }; }; }; // init var timeout; if(options.auto){; timeout = setTimeout(function(){ animate("next",false); },options.pause); }; if(options.numeric) setCurrent(0); if(!options.continuous && options.controlsFade){ $("a","#"+options.prevId).hide(); $("a","#"+options.firstId).hide(); }; }); }; })(jQuery); Many thanks again! Alec

Read the article

Flash and Google Maps - Only Last Icon showing

- by Peter

I have a simple Map and geocoding sample in Flash using CS4 The problem is simple - I can retrieve a short list from the google search api, but when I try to generate the icons on the map using a loop, only the last icon is displayed. (ignore the house icon, it is generated earlier) I feel I am missing something or made a stupid AS3 mistake (like treating it as if it was c#) - or even a stupid wood-for-the-trees mistake. The problem is in the last line of the code. I have added all my code just in case somebody else can find a use for it - lord knows it took me a great while to figure this out :) It runs here (also, if anybody has an idea why the icon is slightly in the wrong place on render, but corrects if you move the map - please let me know) Any help would be great. Thanks. P import com.google.maps.services.ClientGeocoder; import com.google.maps.services.GeocodingEvent; import com.google.maps.LatLng; import com.google.maps.Map; import com.google.maps.MapEvent; import com.google.maps.MapType; import com.google.maps.overlays.Marker; import com.google.maps.overlays.MarkerOptions; import com.google.maps.styles.FillStyle; import com.google.maps.styles.StrokeStyle; import com.google.maps.controls.* import com.google.maps.overlays.* import flash.display.Bitmap; import flash.display.BitmapData; import com.adobe.utils.StringUtil; import be.boulevart.google.ajaxapi.search.GoogleSearchResult; import be.boulevart.google.events.GoogleApiEvent; import be.boulevart.google.ajaxapi.search.local.GoogleLocalSearch; import be.boulevart.google.ajaxapi.search.local.data.GoogleLocalSearchItem; var strZip:String = new String(); strZip="60661"; var strAddress:String = new String(); strAddress ="100 W. Jackson Blvd, chicago, IL 60661"; var IconArray:Array = new Array; var SearchArray:Array = new Array; /*-------------------------------------------------------------- // The returned search data gets placed into this array ---------------------------------------------------------------*/ var LocalInfo:Array = new Array(); var intCount:int = new int; var intMapReady:int=0; /*=================================================================================== We load the map first and then get the search criteria - this will keep the order of operation clean. The ====================================================================================*/ var map:Map = new Map(); map.key = "ABQIAAAAHwSPp7Lhew456ffD6qa2WmxT_VwdLJEfmcCgytxKjcH1jLKkiihQtfC- TbcwryvBQYhRwHWa8F_Gp9Q"; map.setSize(new Point(600, 550)); map.addEventListener(MapEvent.MAP_READY, onMapReady); //Places the map on the page this.addChild(map); map.x=5; map.y=5; function onMapReady(event:Event):void { //Center the map and place the house marker doGeocode(); } /*========================================================================== Goecode to return the LAT and LONG for the specific address, center the map and add the house icon ===========================================================================*/ function doGeocode() { var geocoder:ClientGeocoder = new ClientGeocoder(); geocoder.addEventListener(GeocodingEvent.GEOCODING_SUCCESS, function(event:GeocodingEvent):void { var objPlacemarks:Array = event.response.placemarks; if (objPlacemarks.length > 0) { map.setCenter(objPlacemarks[0].point, 14, MapType.NORMAL_MAP_TYPE); var request:URLRequest = new URLRequest("house.png"); var imageLoader:Loader = new Loader(); imageLoader.load(request); var objMarkerOptions:MarkerOptions = new MarkerOptions(); objMarkerOptions.icon=imageLoader; objMarkerOptions.icon.scaleX=.15; objMarkerOptions.icon.scaleY=.15; objMarkerOptions.iconAlignment = MarkerOptions.ALIGN_HORIZONTAL_CENTER + MarkerOptions.ALIGN_VERTICAL_CENTER; var objMarker:Marker = new Marker(objPlacemarks[0].point, objMarkerOptions); map.addOverlay(objMarker); doLoadSearch() } }); //Failure code - good practice, really geocoder.addEventListener(GeocodingEvent.GEOCODING_FAILURE, function(event:GeocodingEvent):void { txtResult.appendText("Geocoding failed"); }); // generate geocode geocoder.geocode(strAddress); } /*=============================================================== XML Loader - loads icon file and search text pair from xml file =================================================================*/ function doLoadSearch() { var xmlLoader:URLLoader = new URLLoader(); var xmlData:XML = new XML(); xmlLoader.addEventListener(Event.COMPLETE, LoadXML); xmlLoader.load(new URLRequest("config.xml")); function LoadXML(e:Event):void { xmlData = new XML(e.target.data); RetrieveSearch(); } function RetrieveSearch() { //extract the MapData subset var xmlSearch = xmlData.MapData; // push this to an xml list object var xmlChildren:XMLList = xmlSearch.children(); //loop the list and extract the data into an //array of formatted search criteria for each (var Search:XML in xmlChildren) { txtResult.appendText("Searching For: "+Search.Criteria+" Icon=" + Search.Icon+ "Zip=" + strZip +"\r\n\r\n"); //retrieve search criteria loadLocalInfo(Search.Criteria,Search.Icon,strZip); } } } /*================================================================================== Search Functionality - does a google API search and loads the lats and longs required to place the icons on the map - THIS WILL NOT RUN LOCALLY ===================================================================================*/ function loadLocalInfo(strSearch,strIcon,strZip) { var objLocal:GoogleLocalSearch=new GoogleLocalSearch() objLocal.search(strSearch+" "+strZip,0,"0,0","","") objLocal.addEventListener(GoogleApiEvent.LOCAL_SEARCH_RESULT,onSearchComplete) function onSearchComplete(e:GoogleApiEvent):void { var resulta:GoogleSearchResult=e.data as GoogleSearchResult; //------------------------------------------------ // Load the icon for this particular search //------------------------------------------------ var request:URLRequest = new URLRequest(strIcon); var imageLoader:Loader = new Loader(); imageLoader.load(request); //------------------------------------------------------------- // For test purposes txtResult.appendText("Result Count for "+strSearch+" = "+e.data.results.length+"\r\n\r\n"); for each (var result:GoogleLocalSearchItem in e.data.results as Array) { LocalInfo[intCount]=[String(result.title),strIcon,String(result.latitude),String(result.longitude)]; //--------------------------------------- // Pop the icon onto the map //--------------------------------------- var objLatLng:LatLng = new LatLng(parseFloat(result.latitude), parseFloat(result.longitude)); var objMarkerOptions:MarkerOptions = new MarkerOptions(); objMarkerOptions.icon=imageLoader; objMarkerOptions.hasShadow=false; objMarkerOptions.iconAlignment = MarkerOptions.ALIGN_HORIZONTAL_CENTER + MarkerOptions.ALIGN_VERTICAL_CENTER; var objMarker:Marker = new Marker(objLatLng, objMarkerOptions); /********************************************************** *Everything* works to here - I have traced out execution and all variables. It only works on the last item in the array :( ***********************************************************/ map.addOverlay(objMarker); } } }

Read the article

Flash AS3 Mysterious Blinking MovieClip

- by Ben

This is the strangest problem I've faced in flash so far. I have no idea what's causing it. I can provide a .swf if someone wants to actually see it, but I'll describe it as best I can. I'm creating bullets for a tank object to shoot. The tank is a child of the document class. The way I am creating the bullet is: var bullet:Bullet = new Bullet(); (parent as MovieClip).addChild(bullet); The bullet itself simply moves itself in a direction using code like this.x += 5; The problem is the bullets will trace for their creation and destruction at the correct times, however the bullet is sometimes not visible until half way across the screen, sometimes not at all, and sometimes for the whole traversal. Oddly removing the timer I have on bullet creation seems to solve this. The timer is implemented as such: if(shot_timer == 0) { shoot(); // This contains the aforementioned bullet creation method shot_timer = 10; My enter frame handler for the tank object controls the timer and decrements it every frame if it is greater than zero. Can anyone suggest why this could be happening? EDIT: As requested, full code: Bullet.as package { import flash.display.MovieClip; import flash.events.Event; public class Bullet extends MovieClip { public var facing:int; private var speed:int; public function Bullet():void { trace("created"); speed = 10; addEventListener(Event.ADDED_TO_STAGE,addedHandler); } private function addedHandler(e:Event):void { addEventListener(Event.ENTER_FRAME,enterFrameHandler); removeEventListener(Event.ADDED_TO_STAGE,addedHandler); } private function enterFrameHandler(e:Event):void { //0 - up, 1 - left, 2 - down, 3 - right if(this.x > 720 || this.x < 0 || this.y < 0 || this.y > 480) { removeEventListener(Event.ENTER_FRAME,enterFrameHandler); trace("destroyed"); (parent as MovieClip).removeChild(this); return; } switch(facing) { case 0: this.y -= speed; break; case 1: this.x -= speed; break; case 2: this.y += speed; break; case 3: this.x += speed; break; } } } } Tank.as: package { import flash.display.MovieClip; import flash.events.KeyboardEvent; import flash.events.Event; import flash.ui.Keyboard; public class Tank extends MovieClip { private var right:Boolean = false; private var left:Boolean = false; private var up:Boolean = false; private var down:Boolean = false; private var facing:int = 0; //0 - up, 1 - left, 2 - down, 3 - right private var horAllowed:Boolean = true; private var vertAllowed:Boolean = true; private const GRID_SIZE:int = 100; private var shooting:Boolean = false; private var shot_timer:int = 0; private var speed:int = 2; public function Tank():void { addEventListener(Event.ADDED_TO_STAGE,stageAddHandler); addEventListener(Event.ENTER_FRAME, enterFrameHandler); } private function stageAddHandler(e:Event):void { stage.addEventListener(KeyboardEvent.KEY_DOWN,checkKeys); stage.addEventListener(KeyboardEvent.KEY_UP,keyUps); removeEventListener(Event.ADDED_TO_STAGE,stageAddHandler); } public function checkKeys(event:KeyboardEvent):void { if(event.keyCode == 32) { //trace("Spacebar is down"); shooting = true; } if(event.keyCode == 39) { //trace("Right key is down"); right = true; } if(event.keyCode == 38) { //trace("Up key is down"); // lol up = true; } if(event.keyCode == 37) { //trace("Left key is down"); left = true; } if(event.keyCode == 40) { //trace("Down key is down"); down = true; } } public function keyUps(event:KeyboardEvent):void { if(event.keyCode == 32) { event.keyCode = 0; shooting = false; //trace("Spacebar is not down"); } if(event.keyCode == 39) { event.keyCode = 0; right = false; //trace("Right key is not down"); } if(event.keyCode == 38) { event.keyCode = 0; up = false; //trace("Up key is not down"); } if(event.keyCode == 37) { event.keyCode = 0; left = false; //trace("Left key is not down"); } if(event.keyCode == 40) { event.keyCode = 0; down = false; //trace("Down key is not down") // O.o } } public function checkDirectionPermissions(): void { if(this.y % GRID_SIZE < 5 || GRID_SIZE - this.y % GRID_SIZE < 5) { horAllowed = true; } else { horAllowed = false; } if(this.x % GRID_SIZE < 5 || GRID_SIZE - this.x % GRID_SIZE < 5) { vertAllowed = true; } else { vertAllowed = false; } if(!horAllowed && !vertAllowed) { realign(); } } public function realign():void { if(!horAllowed) { if(this.x % GRID_SIZE < GRID_SIZE / 2) { this.x -= this.x % GRID_SIZE; } else { this.x += (GRID_SIZE - this.x % GRID_SIZE); } } if(!vertAllowed) { if(this.y % GRID_SIZE < GRID_SIZE / 2) { this.y -= this.y % GRID_SIZE; } else { this.y += (GRID_SIZE - this.y % GRID_SIZE); } } } public function enterFrameHandler(Event):void { //trace(shot_timer); if(shot_timer > 0) { shot_timer--; } movement(); firing(); } public function firing():void { if(shooting) { if(shot_timer == 0) { shoot(); shot_timer = 10; } } } public function shoot():void { var bullet = new Bullet(); bullet.facing = facing; //0 - up, 1 - left, 2 - down, 3 - right switch(facing) { case 0: bullet.x = this.x; bullet.y = this.y - this.height / 2; break; case 1: bullet.x = this.x - this.width / 2; bullet.y = this.y; break; case 2: bullet.x = this.x; bullet.y = this.y + this.height / 2; break; case 3: bullet.x = this.x + this.width / 2; bullet.y = this.y; break; } (parent as MovieClip).addChild(bullet); } public function movement():void { //0 - up, 1 - left, 2 - down, 3 - right checkDirectionPermissions(); if(horAllowed) { if(right) { orient(3); realign(); this.x += speed; } if(left) { orient(1); realign(); this.x -= speed; } } if(vertAllowed) { if(up) { orient(0); realign(); this.y -= speed; } if(down) { orient(2); realign(); this.y += speed; } } } public function orient(dest:int):void { //trace("facing: " + facing); //trace("dest: " + dest); var angle = facing - dest; this.rotation += (90 * angle); facing = dest; } } }

Read the article

JQuery dynamic .load - works for 1 and not for the other??

- by Alvin

UPDATE: Site is online http://qwickqual.com/memorial/create/ under "Memoria Media" - Click on "Our Videos" and it loads the list of categories click on any sub category and it goes through the process below ---------------- end edit ---------------------------------- UPDATED DESCRIPTION OF ERROR: All code is based on <li> objects being linked If I click on an <li> from the Initial page load to load: section 1: I can click on an <li> to load sub-categories section 2: I then click on an <li>, the query is made server returns section 3, section is not loaded to screen / and callback function is skipped over perhaps someone has run into a similar issue before?? ---------------- end edit ---------------------------------- I've also added comments to the code I have a jquery function that is setup to load categorized lists of thumbnails. So far the function is in use in 3 location. Each of them generates HTML using the same template under django. The function works perfectly in 2 of the 3 locations, and I"m plain stumped as to why the 3rd won't work. Below is the complete set of relevant javascript, the page load HTML for the relevant section. And 2 examples of HTML that is loaded through the script, 1 of them works, 1 of them doesn't and both are loaded into the same page load HTML Any ideas what I'm missing here? Or information I need to add to help debug? Currently posting this to a live server to interact with, been local only till now... Error: Script works properly through all levels of title="our_photos" Script loads 1st level of title="our_videos" Script will not load sub-category of title="our_videos" Example: From HTML below: Click on Script will query the server properly: GET http://localhost%3A8000/memorial/media%5Ftype/our%5Fvideos/4/ Script will not load the returned HTML into the #select_media div scopeChain: [Call, Call multi=false uri=/memorial/media_type/our_videos/, Window # 0=Call 1=Call 2=window] relative vars: label = "our_videos" wrapper = "media" uri = "/memorial/media_type/our_videos/" multi = false Javascript <script type="text/javascript"> // this piece is where I'm having trouble in the grand scheme of things // label = piece of class tag // wrapper = tag to load everything inside of // uri = base of the page to load // multi = not relevant for this piece but needed to pass on to next function function img_thumb_loader(label, wrapper, uri, multi) { if(!(wrapper)) { wrapper = label } $('.'+label+'_category').click(function () { // show the loading animation $('div#'+wrapper+'_load').show(); // get var of current object type = $(this).attr('title') || ''; // load it into the screen - this is the error // when I click on an <li> from section 2 below it will query server // (Tamper data & server see it - & return section 3 below // But will not load into the screen on return // also skips over the callback function $('#select_'+label).load(uri+type+'/', '', function() { $('div#'+wrapper+'_load').hide(); $('input.img_'+label+'_field').each(function() { img = $(this).attr('value'); $('li#img_'+label+'-'+img).css('selected_thumb'); }); img_thumb_selected(label); window[label+'_loader'](); }); }); $('.img_'+label).click(function () { if($(this).hasClass('selected_thumb')) { $(this).removeClass('selected_thumb'); id = $(this).attr('title'); $('.img_'+label+'_selected[value="'+id+'"]').remove(); } else { if(!(multi)) { previous = $('.img_'+label+'_selected').val(); $('#img_'+label+'-'+previous).removeClass('selected_thumb'); $('.img_'+label+'_selected').remove(); } $(this).addClass('selected_thumb'); id = $(this).attr('title'); $('#select_'+wrapper).after('<input class="img_'+label+'_selected" id="img_'+label+'_field-'+id+'" type="hidden" name="imgs[]" value="'+id+'" />'); } }); img_thumb_selected(label); } function img_thumb_selected(label) { $('.img_'+label+'_selected').each(function() { current = $(this).val(); if(current) { $('#img_'+label+'-'+current).addClass('selected_thumb'); } }); } function media_type() { $('.media_type').click(function () { $('#media_load').show(); type = $(this).attr('title') || ''; $('#select_media').load('/memorial/media_type/'+type+'/', '', function() { $('#select_media').wrapInner('<div id="select_'+type+'"></div>'); $('#select_media').append('<ul class="root_link"><h3><a class="load_media" onclick="return false;" href="#">Return to Select Media Type</a></h3></ul>'); load_media_type(); $('#media_load').hide(); window[type+'_loader'](); }); }); } media_type(); function load_media_type() { $('.load_media').click(function () { $('#media_load').show(); $('#select_media').load('{% url mem_media_type %}', '', function() { $('#media_load').hide(); media_type(); }); }); } function our_photos_loader() { img_thumb_loader('our_photos', 'media', '{% url mem_our_photos %}', true); } function our_videos_loader() { img_thumb_loader('our_videos', 'media', '{% url mem_our_videos %}', false); } </script> HTML - Initial Page load <fieldset> <legend>Memorial Media</legend> <div style="display: none;" id="media_load" class="loading"/> <div id="select_media"> <ul style="width: 528px;" class="initial"> <li title="your_photos" class="media_type"><div class="photo_select_upload"><h3>Your Photos</h3></div></li> <li title="our_photos" class="media_type"><div class="photo_select"><h3>Our Photos</h3></div></li> <li title="our_videos" class="media_type"><div class="video_select"><h3>Our Videos</h3></div></li> </ul> </div> </fieldset> HTML - Returned from Click on section 1 this section can make calls to subcategories and it will work <br class="clear" /> <ul class="thumb_sub_category" style="width: 352px;"> <li id="our_photos_category-29" class="our_photos_category" title="29"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/stuff_004_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Birds 1</p> </div> </li> <li id="our_photos_category-25" class="our_photos_category" title="25"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/dsc_0035_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Dogs 1</p> </div> </li> </ul> HTML - Returned from click on Section 2 Having trouble with sub-categories from this area <br class="clear" /> <ul class="thumb_sub_category" style="width: 528px;"> <li id="our_videos_category-1" class="our_videos_category" title="1"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/forest-1_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 1</p> </div> </li> <li id="our_videos_category-3" class="our_videos_category" title="3"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/mountain-1_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 3</p> </div> </li> <li id="our_videos_category-4" class="our_videos_category" title="4"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/mountain-3_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 4</p> </div> </li> </ul> HTML that fails to load inside - Section 3 <br class="clear" /> <ul class="thumb_sub_category" style="width: 528px;"> <li id="our_videos_category-1" class="our_videos_category" title="1"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/forest-1_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 1</p> </div> </li> <li id="our_videos_category-3" class="our_videos_category" title="3"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/mountain-1_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 3</p> </div> </li> <li id="our_videos_category-4" class="our_videos_category" title="4"> <div> <span style="background-image: url(/site_media/photologue/photos/cache/mountain-3_thumbnail.jpg);" class="thumb"><span></span></span> <p>Video 4</p> </div> </li> </ul>

Read the article

Gridview Datasource Server error

- by salvationishere

I am developing a C# VS 2008 and SQL Server 2008 website. However, I get the below error now when I first run this: The DataSourceID of 'GridView1' must be the ID of a control of type IDataSource. A control with ID 'AdventureWorks3.mdf' could not be found What is causing this error? Here is my default.aspx file. I have configured GridView1 to use my AdventureWorks3.mdf file, stored in my App_Data folder. Do I need to add this folder name to this ASPX file? <%@ Page Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Site.master" AutoEventWireup="true" CodeFile="Default.aspx.cs" Inherits="_Default" Title="Untitled Page" %> <asp:Content ID="Content1" ContentPlaceHolderID="MainContent" Runat="Server"> <asp:Panel runat="server" ID="AuthenticatedMessagePanel"> <asp:Label runat="server" ID="WelcomeBackMessage"></asp:Label> <table> <tr > <td> <asp:Label ID="tableLabel" runat="server" Font-Bold="True" Text="Select target table:"></asp:Label> </td> <td> <asp:Label ID="inputLabel" runat="server" Font-Bold="True" Text="Select input file:"></asp:Label> </td></tr> <tr><td valign="top"> <asp:Label ID="feedbackLabel" runat="server"></asp:Label> <asp:GridView ID="GridView1" runat="server" style="WIDTH: 400px;" CellPadding="4" ForeColor="#333333" GridLines="None" onselectedindexchanged="GridView1_SelectedIndexChanged" AutoGenerateSelectButton="True" DataSourceID="AdventureWorks3.mdf" > <RowStyle BackColor="#F7F6F3" ForeColor="#333333" /> <FooterStyle BackColor="#5D7B9D" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="White" /> <PagerStyle BackColor="#284775" ForeColor="White" HorizontalAlign="Center" /> <SelectedRowStyle BackColor="#E2DED6" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="#333333" /> <HeaderStyle BackColor="#5D7B9D" Font-Bold="True" ForeColor="White" /> <EditRowStyle BackColor="#999999" /> <AlternatingRowStyle BackColor="White" ForeColor="#284775" /> </asp:GridView> </td> <td valign="top"> <input id="uploadFile" type="file" size="26" runat="server" name="uploadFile" title="UploadFile" class="greybar" enableviewstate="True" /> </td></tr> </table> </asp:Panel> <asp:Panel runat="Server" ID="AnonymousMessagePanel"> <asp:HyperLink runat="server" ID="lnkLogin" Text="Log In" NavigateUrl="~/Login.aspx"> </asp:HyperLink> </asp:Panel> </asp:Content> Or what about my ASPX.CS file? Is this the problem? using System; using System.Collections; using System.Configuration; using System.Data; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using System.Web.Security; using System.Web.UI; using System.Web.UI.HtmlControls; using System.Web.UI.WebControls; using System.Web.UI.WebControls.WebParts; using System.Xml.Linq; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.IO; using System.Drawing; using System.ComponentModel; using System.Data.SqlClient; using ADONET_namespace; using System.Security.Principal; //using System.Windows; public partial class _Default : System.Web.UI.Page //namespace AddFileToSQL { //protected System.Web.UI.HtmlControls.HtmlInputFile uploadFile; protected System.Web.UI.HtmlControls.HtmlInputButton btnOWrite; protected System.Web.UI.HtmlControls.HtmlInputButton btnAppend; protected System.Web.UI.WebControls.Label Label1; protected static string inputfile = ""; public static string targettable; public static string selection; // Number of controls added to view state protected int default_NumberOfControls { get { if (ViewState["default_NumberOfControls"] != null) { return (int)ViewState["default_NumberOfControls"]; } else { return 0; } } set { ViewState["default_NumberOfControls"] = value; } } protected void uploadFile_onclick(object sender, EventArgs e) { } protected void Load_GridData() { GridView1.DataSource = ADONET_methods.DisplaySchemaTables(); GridView1.DataBind(); } protected void btnOWrite_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { if (uploadFile.PostedFile.ContentLength > 0) { feedbackLabel.Text = "You do not have sufficient access to overwrite table records."; } else { feedbackLabel.Text = "This file does not contain any data."; } } protected void btnAppend_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { string fullpath = Page.Request.PhysicalApplicationPath; string path = uploadFile.PostedFile.FileName; if (File.Exists(path)) { // Create a file to write to. try { StreamReader sr = new StreamReader(path); string s = ""; while (sr.Peek() > 0) s = sr.ReadLine(); sr.Close(); } catch (IOException exc) { Console.WriteLine(exc.Message + "Cannot open file."); return; } } if (uploadFile.PostedFile.ContentLength > 0) { inputfile = System.IO.File.ReadAllText(path); Session["Message"] = inputfile; Response.Redirect("DataMatch.aspx"); } else { feedbackLabel.Text = "This file does not contain any data."; } } protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { if (Request.IsAuthenticated) { WelcomeBackMessage.Text = "Welcome back, " + User.Identity.Name + "!"; // Reference the CustomPrincipal / CustomIdentity CustomIdentity ident = User.Identity as CustomIdentity; if (ident != null) WelcomeBackMessage.Text += string.Format(" You are the {0} of {1}.", ident.Title, ident.CompanyName); AuthenticatedMessagePanel.Visible = true; AnonymousMessagePanel.Visible = false; //if (!Page.IsPostBack) //{ // Load_GridData(); //} } else { AuthenticatedMessagePanel.Visible = false; AnonymousMessagePanel.Visible = true; } } protected void GridView1_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e) { GridViewRow row = GridView1.SelectedRow; targettable = row.Cells[2].Text; } }

Read the article

Parsing HTML using HTTP Agility Pack

- by Pajci

Here is one table out of 5: <h3>marec - maj 2009</h3> <div class="graf_table"> <table summary="layout table"> <tr> <th>DATUM</th> <td class="datum">10.03.2009</td> <td class="datum">24.03.2009</td> <td class="datum">07.04.2009</td> <td class="datum">21.04.2009</td> <td class="datum">05.05.2009</td> <td class="datum">06.05.2009</td> </tr> <tr> <th>Maloprodajna cena [EUR/L]</th> <td>0,96000</td> <td>0,97000</td> <td>0,99600</td> <td>1,00800</td> <td>1,00800</td> <td>1,01000</td> </tr> <tr> <th>Maloprodajna cena [SIT/L]</th> <td>230,054</td> <td>232,451</td> <td>238,681</td> <td>241,557</td> <td>241,557</td> <td>242,036</td> </tr> <tr> <th>Prodajna cena brez dajatev</th> <td>0,33795</td> <td>0,34628</td> <td>0,36795</td> <td>0,37795</td> <td>0,37795</td> <td>0,37962</td> </tr> <tr> <th>Trošarina</th> <td>0,46205</td> <td>0,46205</td> <td>0,46205</td> <td>0,46205</td> <td>0,46205</td> <td>0,46205</td> </tr> <tr> <th>DDV</th> <td>0,16000</td> <td>0,16167</td> <td>0,16600</td> <td>0,16800</td> <td>0,16800</td> <td>0,16833</td> </tr> </table> </div> I have to extract out values, where table header is DATUM and Maloprodajna cena [EUR/L]. I am using Agility HTML pack. this.htmlDoc = new HtmlAgilityPack.HtmlDocument(); this.htmlDoc.OptionCheckSyntax = true; this.htmlDoc.OptionFixNestedTags = true; this.htmlDoc.OptionAutoCloseOnEnd = true; this.htmlDoc.OptionOutputAsXml = true; // is this necessary ?? this.htmlDoc.OptionDefaultStreamEncoding = System.Text.Encoding.Default; I had a lot of trouble with getting those values out. I started with: var query = from html in doc.DocumentNode.SelectNodes("//div[@class='graf_table']").Cast<HtmlNode>() from table in html.SelectNodes("//table").Cast<HtmlNode>() from row in table.SelectNodes("tr").Cast<HtmlNode>() from cell in row.SelectNodes("th|td").Cast<HtmlNode>() select new { Table = table.Id, CellText = cell.InnerHtml }; but could not figure out a way to select only values where table header is DATUM and Maloprodajna cena[EUR/L]. Is it possible to do that with where clause? Then I ended with those two queries: var date = (from d in htmlDoc.DocumentNode.SelectNodes("//div[@class='graf_table']//table//tr[1]/td") select DateTime.Parse(d.InnerText)).ToArray(); var price = (from p in htmlDoc.DocumentNode.SelectNodes("//div[@class='graf_table']//table//tr[2]/td") select double.Parse(p.InnerText)).ToArray(); Is it possible to combine those two queries? And how would I convert that to lambda expression? I just started to learn those things and I would like to know how it is done so that in the future I would not have those question. O, one more question ... does anybody know any graph control, cause I have to show those values in graph. I started with Microsoft Chart Controls, but I am having trouble with setting it. So if anyone has any experience with it I would like to know how to set it, so that x axle will show all values not every second ... example: if I have: 10.03.2009, 24.03.2009, 07.04.2009, 21.04.2009, 05.05.2009, 06.05.2009 it show only: 10.03.2009, 07.04.2009, 05.05.2009, ect. I bind data to graph like that: chart1.Series["Series1"].Points.DataBindXY(date, price); I lot of questions for my fist post ... hehe, hope that I was not indistinct or something. Thank's for any reply!

Read the article

SINGLE SIGN ON SECURITY THREAT! FACEBOOK access_token broadcast in the open/clear

- by MOKANA

Subsequent to my posting there was a remark made that this was not really a question but I thought I did indeed postulate one. So that there is no ambiquity here is the question with a lead in: Since there is no data sent from Facebook during the Canvas Load process that is not at some point divulged, including the access_token, session and other data that could uniquely identify a user, does any one see any other way other than adding one more layer, i.e., a password, sent over the wire via HTTPS along with the access_toekn, that will insure unique untampered with security by the user? Using Wireshark I captured the local broadcast while loading my Canvas Application page. I was hugely surprised to see the access_token broadcast in the open, viewable for any one to see. This access_token is appended to any https call to the Facebook OpenGraph API. Using facebook as a single click log on has now raised huge concerns for me. It is stored in a session object in memory and the cookie is cleared upon app termination and after reviewing the FB.Init calls I saw a lot of HTTPS calls so I assumed the access_token was always encrypted. But last night I saw in the status bar a call from what was simply an http call that included the App ID so I felt I should sniff the Application Canvas load sequence. Today I did sniff the broadcast and in the attached image you can see that there are http calls with the access_token being broadcast in the open and clear for anyone to gain access to. Am I missing something, is what I am seeing and my interpretation really correct. If any one can sniff and get the access_token they can theorically make calls to the Graph API via https, even though the call back would still need to be the site established in Facebook's application set up. But what is truly a security threat is anyone using the access_token for access to their own site. I do not see the value of a single sign on via Facebook if the only thing that was established as secure was the access_token - becuase for what I can see it clearly is not secure. Access tokens that never have an expire date do not change. Access_tokens are different for every user, to access to another site could be held tight to just a single user, but compromising even a single user's data is unacceptable. http://www.creatingstory.com/images/InTheOpen.png Went back and did more research on this: FINDINGS: Went back an re ran the canvas application to verify that it was not any of my code that was not broadcasting. In this call: HTTP GET /connect.php/en_US/js/CacheData HTTP/1.1 The USER ID is clearly visible in the cookie. So USER_ID's are fully visible, but they are already. Anyone can go to pretty much any ones page and hover over the image and see the USER ID. So no big threat. APP_ID are also easily obtainable - but . . . http://www.creatingstory.com/images/InTheOpen2.png The above file clearly shows the FULL ACCESS TOKEN clearly in the OPEN via a Facebook initiated call. Am I wrong. TELL ME I AM WRONG because I want to be wrong about this. I have since reset my app secret so I am showing the real sniff of the Canvas Page being loaded. Additional data 02/20/2011: @ifaour - I appreciate the time you took to compile your response. I am pretty familiar with the OAuth process and have a pretty solid understanding of the signed_request unpacking and utilization of the access_token. I perform a substantial amount of my processing on the server and my Facebook server side flows are all complete and function without any flaw that I know of. The application secret is secure and never passed to the front end application and is also changed regularly. I am being as fanatical about security as I can be, knowing there is so much I don’t know that could come back and bite me. Two huge access_token issues: The issues concern the possible utilization of the access_token from the USER AGENT (browser). During the FB.INIT() process of the Facebook JavaScript SDK, a cookie is created as well as an object in memory called a session object. This object, along with the cookie contain the access_token, session, a secret, and uid and status of the connection. The session object is structured such that is supports both the new OAuth and the legacy flows. With OAuth, the access_token and status are pretty much al that is used in the session object. The first issue is that the access_token is used to make HTTPS calls to the GRAPH API. If you had the access_token, you could do this from any browser: https://graph.facebook.com/220439?access_token=... and it will return a ton of information about the user. So any one with the access token can gain access to a Facebook account. You can also make additional calls to any info the user has granted access to the application tied to the access_token. At first I thought that a call into the GRAPH had to have a Callback to the URL established in the App Setup, but I tested it as mentioned below and it will return info back right into the browser. Adding that callback feature would be a good idea I think, tightens things up a bit. The second issue is utilization of some unique private secured data that identifies the user to the third party data base, i.e., like in my case, I would use a single sign on to populate user information into my database using this unique secured data item (i.e., access_token which contains the APP ID, the USER ID, and a hashed with secret sequence). None of this is a problem on the server side. You get a signed_request, you unpack it with secret, make HTTPS calls, get HTTPS responses back. When a user has information entered via the USER AGENT(browser) that must be stored via a POST, this unique secured data element would be sent via HTTPS such that they are validated prior to data base insertion. However, If there is NO secured piece of unique data that is supplied via the single sign on process, then there is no way to guarantee unauthorized access. The access_token is the one piece of data that is utilized by Facebook to make the HTTPS calls into the GRAPH API. it is considered unique in regards to BOTH the USER and the APPLICATION and is initially secure via the signed_request packaging. If however, it is subsequently transmitted in the clear and if I can sniff the wire and obtain the access_token, then I can pretend to be the application and gain the information they have authorized the application to see. I tried the above example from a Safari and IE browser and it returned all of my information to me in the browser. In conclusion, the access_token is part of the signed_request and that is how the application initially obtains it. After OAuth authentication and authorization, i.e., the USER has logged into Facebook and then runs your app, the access_token is stored as mentioned above and I have sniffed it such that I see it stored in a Cookie that is transmitted over the wire, resulting in there being NO UNIQUE SECURED IDENTIFIABLE piece of information that can be used to support interaction with the database, or in other words, unless there were one more piece of secure data sent along with the access_token to my database, i.e., a password, I would not be able to discern if it is a legitimate call. Luckily I utilized secure AJAX via POST and the call has to come from the same domain, but I am sure there is a way to hijack that. I am totally open to any ideas on this topic on how to uniquely identify my USERS other than adding another layer (password) via this single sign on process or if someone would just share with me that I read and analyzed my data incorrectly and that the access_token is always secure over the wire. Mahalo nui loa in advance.

Read the article

Tip/Trick: Fix Common SEO Problems Using the URL Rewrite Extension

- by ScottGu

Search engine optimization (SEO) is important for any publically facing web-site. A large % of traffic to sites now comes directly from search engines, and improving your site’s search relevancy will lead to more users visiting your site from search engine queries. This can directly or indirectly increase the money you make through your site. This blog post covers how you can use the free Microsoft URL Rewrite Extension to fix a bunch of common SEO problems that your site might have. It takes less than 15 minutes (and no code changes) to apply 4 simple URL Rewrite rules to your site, and in doing so cause search engines to drive more visitors and traffic to your site. The techniques below work equally well with both ASP.NET Web Forms and ASP.NET MVC based sites. They also works with all versions of ASP.NET (and even work with non-ASP.NET content). [In addition to blogging, I am also now using Twitter for quick updates and to share links. Follow me at: twitter.com/scottgu] Measuring the SEO of your website with the Microsoft SEO Toolkit A few months ago I blogged about the free SEO Toolkit that we’ve shipped. This useful tool enables you to automatically crawl/scan your site for SEO correctness, and it then flags any SEO issues it finds. I highly recommend downloading and using the tool against any public site you work on. It makes it easy to spot SEO issues you might have in your site, and pinpoint ways to optimize it further. Below is a simple example of a report I ran against one of my sites (www.scottgu.com) prior to applying the URL Rewrite rules I’ll cover later in this blog post: Search Relevancy and URL Splitting Two of the important things that search engines evaluate when assessing your site’s “search relevancy” are: How many other sites link to your content. Search engines assume that if a lot of people around the web are linking to your content, then it is likely useful and so weight it higher in relevancy. The uniqueness of the content it finds on your site. If search engines find that the content is duplicated in multiple places around the Internet (or on multiple URLs on your site) then it is likely to drop the relevancy of the content. One of the things you want to be very careful to avoid when building public facing sites is to not allow different URLs to retrieve the same content within your site. Doing so will hurt with both of the situations above. In particular, allowing external sites to link to the same content with multiple URLs will cause your link-count and page-ranking to be split up across those different URLs (and so give you a smaller page rank than what it would otherwise be if it was just one URL). Not allowing external sites to link to you in different ways sounds easy in theory – but you might wonder what exactly this means in practice and how you avoid it. 4 Really Common SEO Problems Your Sites Might Have Below are 4 really common scenarios that can cause your site to inadvertently expose multiple URLs for the same content. When this happens external sites linking to yours will end up splitting their page links across multiple URLs - and as a result cause you to have a lower page ranking with search engines than you deserve. SEO Problem #1: Default Document IIS (and other web servers) supports the concept of a “default document”. This allows you to avoid having to explicitly specify the page you want to serve at either the root of the web-site/application, or within a sub-directory. This is convenient – but means that by default this content is available via two different publically exposed URLs (which is bad). For example: http://scottgu.com/ http://scottgu.com/default.aspx SEO Problem #2: Different URL Casings Web developers often don’t realize URLs are case sensitive to search engines on the web. This means that search engines will treat the following links as two completely different URLs: http://scottgu.com/Albums.aspx http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx SEO Problem #3: Trailing Slashes Consider the below two URLs – they might look the same at first, but they are subtly different. The trailing slash creates yet another situation that causes search engines to treat the URLs as different and so split search rankings: http://scottgu.com http://scottgu.com/ SEO Problem #4: Canonical Host Names Sometimes sites support scenarios where they support a web-site with both a leading “www” hostname prefix as well as just the hostname itself. This causes search engines to treat the URLs as different and split search rankling: http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx/ http://www.scottgu.com/albums.aspx/ How to Easily Fix these SEO Problems in 10 minutes (or less) using IIS Rewrite If you haven’t been careful when coding your sites, chances are you are suffering from one (or more) of the above SEO problems. Addressing these issues will improve your search engine relevancy ranking and drive more traffic to your site. The “good news” is that fixing the above 4 issues is really easy using the URL Rewrite Extension. This is a completely free Microsoft extension available for IIS 7.x (on Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7 and Windows Vista). The great thing about using the IIS Rewrite extension is that it allows you to fix the above problems *without* having to change any code within your applications. You can easily install the URL Rewrite Extension in under 3 minutes using the Microsoft Web Platform Installer (a free tool we ship that automates setting up web servers and development machines). Just click the green “Install Now” button on the URL Rewrite Spotlight page to install it on your Windows Server 2008, Windows 7 or Windows Vista machine: Once installed you’ll find that a new “URL Rewrite” icon is available within the IIS 7 Admin Tool: Double-clicking the icon will open up the URL Rewrite admin panel – which will display the list of URL Rewrite rules configured for a particular application or site: Notice that our rewrite rule list above is currently empty (which is the default when you first install the extension). We can click the “Add Rule…” link button in the top-right of the panel to add and enable new URL Rewriting logic for our site. Scenario 1: Handling Default Document Scenarios One of the SEO problems I discussed earlier in this post was the scenario where the “default document” feature of IIS causes you to inadvertently expose two URLs for the same content on your site. For example: http://scottgu.com/ http://scottgu.com/default.aspx We can fix this by adding a new IIS Rewrite rule that automatically redirects anyone who navigates to the second URL to instead go to the first one. We will setup the HTTP redirect to be a “permanent redirect” – which will indicate to search engines that they should follow the redirect and use the new URL they are redirected to as the identifier of the content they retrieve. Let’s look at how we can create such a rule. We’ll begin by clicking the “Add Rule” link in the screenshot above. This will cause the below dialog to display: We’ll select the “Blank Rule” template within the “Inbound rules” section to create a new custom URL Rewriting rule. This will display an empty pane like below: Don’t worry – setting up the above rule is easy. The following 4 steps explain how to do so: Step 1: Name the Rule Our first step will be to name the rule we are creating. Naming it with a descriptive name will make it easier to find and understand later. Let’s name this rule our “Default Document URL Rewrite” rule: Step 2: Setup the Regular Expression that Matches this Rule Our second step will be to specify a regular expression filter that will cause this rule to execute when an incoming URL matches the regex pattern. Don’t worry if you aren’t good with regular expressions - I suck at them too. The trick is to know someone who is good at them or copy/paste them from a web-site. Below we are going to specify the following regular expression as our pattern rule: (.*?)/?Default\.aspx$ This pattern will match any URL string that ends with Default.aspx. The "(.*?)" matches any preceding character zero or more times. The "/?" part says to match the slash symbol zero or one times. The "$" symbol at the end will ensure that the pattern will only match strings that end with Default.aspx. Combining all these regex elements allows this rule to work not only for the root of your web site (e.g. http://scottgu.com/default.aspx) but also for any application or subdirectory within the site (e.g. http://scottgu.com/photos/default.aspx. Because the “ignore case” checkbox is selected it will match both “Default.aspx” as well as “default.aspx” within the URL. One nice feature built-into the rule editor is a “Test pattern” button that you can click to bring up a dialog that allows you to test out a few URLs with the rule you are configuring: Above I've added a “products/default.aspx” URL and clicked the “Test” button. This will give me immediate feedback on whether the rule will execute for it. Step 3: Setup a Permanent Redirect Action We’ll then setup an action to occur when our regular expression pattern matches the incoming URL: In the dialog above I’ve changed the “Action Type” drop down to be a “Redirect” action. The “Redirect Type” will be a HTTP 301 Permanent redirect – which means search engines will follow it. I’ve also set the “Redirect URL” property to be: {R:1}/ This indicates that we want to redirect the web client requesting the original URL to a new URL that has the originally requested URL path - minus the "Default.aspx" in it. For example, requests for http://scottgu.com/default.aspx will be redirected to http://scottgu.com/, and requests for http://scottgu.com/photos/default.aspx will be redirected to http://scottgu.com/photos/ The "{R:N}" regex construct, where N >= 0, is called a back-reference and N is the back-reference index. In the case of our pattern "(.*?)/?Default\.aspx$", if the input URL is "products/Default.aspx" then {R:0} will contain "products/Default.aspx" and {R:1} will contain "products". We are going to use this {R:1}/ value to be the URL we redirect users to. Step 4: Apply and Save the Rule Our final step is to click the “Apply” button in the top right hand of the IIS admin tool – which will cause the tool to persist the URL Rewrite rule into our application’s root web.config file (under a <system.webServer/rewrite> configuration section): <configuration> <system.webServer> <rewrite> <rules> <rule name="Default Document" stopProcessing="true"> <match url="(.*?)/?Default\.aspx$" /> <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" /> </rule> </rules> </rewrite> </system.webServer> </configuration> Because IIS 7.x and ASP.NET share the same web.config files, you can actually just copy/paste the above code into your web.config files using Visual Studio and skip the need to run the admin tool entirely. This also makes adding/deploying URL Rewrite rules with your ASP.NET applications really easy. Step 5: Try the Rule Out Now that we’ve saved the rule, let’s try it out on our site. Try the following two URLs on my site: http://scottgu.com/ http://scottgu.com/default.aspx Notice that the second URL automatically redirects to the first one. Because it is a permanent redirect, search engines will follow the URL and should update the page ranking of http://scottgu.com to include links to http://scottgu.com/default.aspx as well. Scenario 2: Different URL Casing Another common SEO problem I discussed earlier in this post is that URLs are case sensitive to search engines on the web. This means that search engines will treat the following links as two completely different URLs: http://scottgu.com/Albums.aspx http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx We can fix this by adding a new IIS Rewrite rule that automatically redirects anyone who navigates to the first URL to instead go to the second (all lower-case) one. Like before, we will setup the HTTP redirect to be a “permanent redirect” – which will indicate to search engines that they should follow the redirect and use the new URL they are redirected to as the identifier of the content they retrieve. To create such a rule we’ll click the “Add Rule” link in the URL Rewrite admin tool again. This will cause the “Add Rule” dialog to appear again: Unlike the previous scenario (where we created a “Blank Rule”), with this scenario we can take advantage of a built-in “Enforce lowercase URLs” rule template. When we click the “ok” button we’ll see the following dialog which asks us if we want to create a rule that enforces the use of lowercase letters in URLs: When we click the “Yes” button we’ll get a pre-written rule that automatically performs a permanent redirect if an incoming URL has upper-case characters in it – and automatically send users to a lower-case version of the URL: We can click the “Apply” button to use this rule “as-is” and have it apply to all incoming URLs to our site. Because my www.scottgu.com site uses ASP.NET Web Forms, I’m going to make one small change to the rule we generated above – which is to add a condition that will ensure that URLs to ASP.NET’s built-in “WebResource.axd” handler are excluded from our case-sensitivity URL Rewrite logic. URLs to the WebResource.axd handler will only come from server-controls emitted from my pages – and will never be linked to from external sites. While my site will continue to function fine if we redirect these URLs to automatically be lower-case – doing so isn’t necessary and will add an extra HTTP redirect to many of my pages. The good news is that adding a condition that prevents my URL Rewriting rule from happening with certain URLs is easy. We simply need to expand the “Conditions” section of the form above We can then click the “Add” button to add a condition clause. This will bring up the “Add Condition” dialog: Above I’ve entered {URL} as the Condition input – and said that this rule should only execute if the URL does not match a regex pattern which contains the string “WebResource.axd”. This will ensure that WebResource.axd URLs to my site will be allowed to execute just fine without having the URL be re-written to be all lower-case. Note: If you have static resources (like references to .jpg, .css, and .js files) within your site that currently use upper-case characters you’ll probably want to add additional condition filter clauses so that URLs to them also don’t get redirected to be lower-case (just add rules for patterns like .jpg, .gif, .js, etc). Your site will continue to work fine if these URLs get redirected to be lower case (meaning the site won’t break) – but it will cause an extra HTTP redirect to happen on your site for URLs that don’t need to be redirected for SEO reasons. So setting up a condition clause makes sense to add. When I click the “ok” button above and apply our lower-case rewriting rule the admin tool will save the following additional rule to our web.config file: <configuration> <system.webServer> <rewrite> <rules> <rule name="Default Document" stopProcessing="true"> <match url="(.*?)/?Default\.aspx$" /> <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" /> </rule> <rule name="Lower Case URLs" stopProcessing="true"> <match url="[A-Z]" ignoreCase="false" /> <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false"> <add input="{URL}" pattern="WebResource.axd" negate="true" /> </conditions> <action type="Redirect" url="{ToLower:{URL}}" /> </rule> </rules> </rewrite> </system.webServer> </configuration> Try the Rule Out Now that we’ve saved the rule, let’s try it out on our site. Try the following two URLs on my site: http://scottgu.com/Albums.aspx http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx Notice that the first URL (which has a capital “A”) automatically does a redirect to a lower-case version of the URL. Scenario 3: Trailing Slashes Another common SEO problem I discussed earlier in this post is the scenario of trailing slashes within URLs. The trailing slash creates yet another situation that causes search engines to treat the URLs as different and so split search rankings: http://scottgu.com http://scottgu.com/ We can fix this by adding a new IIS Rewrite rule that automatically redirects anyone who navigates to the first URL (that does not have a trailing slash) to instead go to the second one that does. Like before, we will setup the HTTP redirect to be a “permanent redirect” – which will indicate to search engines that they should follow the redirect and use the new URL they are redirected to as the identifier of the content they retrieve. To create such a rule we’ll click the “Add Rule” link in the URL Rewrite admin tool again. This will cause the “Add Rule” dialog to appear again: The URL Rewrite admin tool has a built-in “Append or remove the trailing slash symbol” rule template. When we select it and click the “ok” button we’ll see the following dialog which asks us if we want to create a rule that automatically redirects users to a URL with a trailing slash if one isn’t present: Like within our previous lower-casing rewrite rule we’ll add one additional condition clause that will exclude WebResource.axd URLs from being processed by this rule. This will avoid an unnecessary redirect for happening for those URLs. When we click the “OK” button we’ll get a pre-written rule that automatically performs a permanent redirect if the URL doesn’t have a trailing slash – and if the URL is not processed by either a directory or a file. This will save the following additional rule to our web.config file: <configuration> <system.webServer> <rewrite> <rules> <rule name="Default Document" stopProcessing="true"> <match url="(.*?)/?Default\.aspx$" /> <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" /> </rule> <rule name="Lower Case URLs" stopProcessing="true"> <match url="[A-Z]" ignoreCase="false" /> <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false"> <add input="{URL}" pattern="WebResource.axd" negate="true" /> </conditions> <action type="Redirect" url="{ToLower:{URL}}" /> </rule> <rule name="Trailing Slash" stopProcessing="true"> <match url="(.*[^/])$" /> <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false"> <add input="{REQUEST_FILENAME}" matchType="IsDirectory" negate="true" /> <add input="{REQUEST_FILENAME}" matchType="IsFile" negate="true" /> <add input="{URL}" pattern="WebResource.axd" negate="true" /> </conditions> <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" /> </rule> </rules> </rewrite> </system.webServer> </configuration> Try the Rule Out Now that we’ve saved the rule, let’s try it out on our site. Try the following two URLs on my site: http://scottgu.com http://scottgu.com/ Notice that the first URL (which has no trailing slash) automatically does a redirect to a URL with the trailing slash. Because it is a permanent redirect, search engines will follow the URL and update the page ranking. Scenario 4: Canonical Host Names The final SEO problem I discussed earlier are scenarios where a site works with both a leading “www” hostname prefix as well as just the hostname itself. This causes search engines to treat the URLs as different and split search rankling: http://www.scottgu.com/albums.aspx http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx We can fix this by adding a new IIS Rewrite rule that automatically redirects anyone who navigates to the first URL (that has a www prefix) to instead go to the second URL. Like before, we will setup the HTTP redirect to be a “permanent redirect” – which will indicate to search engines that they should follow the redirect and use the new URL they are redirected to as the identifier of the content they retrieve. To create such a rule we’ll click the “Add Rule” link in the URL Rewrite admin tool again. This will cause the “Add Rule” dialog to appear again: The URL Rewrite admin tool has a built-in “Canonical domain name” rule template. When we select it and click the “ok” button we’ll see the following dialog which asks us if we want to create a redirect rule that automatically redirects users to a primary host name URL: Above I’m entering the primary URL address I want to expose to the web: scottgu.com. When we click the “OK” button we’ll get a pre-written rule that automatically performs a permanent redirect if the URL has another leading domain name prefix. This will save the following additional rule to our web.config file: <configuration> <system.webServer> <rewrite> <rules> <rule name="Cannonical Hostname"> <match url="(.*)" /> <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false"> <add input="{HTTP_HOST}" pattern="^scottgu\.com$" negate="true" /> </conditions> <action type="Redirect" url="http://scottgu.com/{R:1}" /> </rule> <rule name="Default Document" stopProcessing="true"> <match url="(.*?)/?Default\.aspx$" /> <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" /> </rule> <rule name="Lower Case URLs" stopProcessing="true"> <match url="[A-Z]" ignoreCase="false" /> <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false"> <add input="{URL}" pattern="WebResource.axd" negate="true" /> </conditions> <action type="Redirect" url="{ToLower:{URL}}" /> </rule> <rule name="Trailing Slash" stopProcessing="true"> <match url="(.*[^/])$" /> <conditions logicalGrouping="MatchAll" trackAllCaptures="false"> <add input="{REQUEST_FILENAME}" matchType="IsDirectory" negate="true" /> <add input="{REQUEST_FILENAME}" matchType="IsFile" negate="true" /> <add input="{URL}" pattern="WebResource.axd" negate="true" /> </conditions> <action type="Redirect" url="{R:1}/" /> </rule> </rules> </rewrite> </system.webServer> </configuration> Try the Rule Out Now that we’ve saved the rule, let’s try it out on our site. Try the following two URLs on my site: http://www.scottgu.com/albums.aspx http://scottgu.com/albums.aspx Notice that the first URL (which has the “www” prefix) now automatically does a redirect to the second URL which does not have the www prefix. Because it is a permanent redirect, search engines will follow the URL and update the page ranking. 4 Simple Rules for Improved SEO The above 4 rules are pretty easy to setup and should take less than 15 minutes to configure on existing sites you already have. The beauty of using a solution like the URL Rewrite Extension is that you can take advantage of it without having to change code within your web-site – and without having to break any existing links already pointing at your site. Users who follow existing links will be automatically redirected to the new URLs you wish to publish. And search engines will start to give your site a higher search relevancy ranking – which will list your site higher in search results and drive more traffic to it. Customizing your URL Rewriting rules further is easy to-do either by editing the web.config file directly, or alternatively, just double click the URL Rewrite icon within the IIS 7.x admin tool and it will list all the active rules for your web-site or application: Clicking any of the rules above will open the rules editor back up and allow you to tweak/customize/save them further. Summary Measuring and improving SEO is something every developer building a public-facing web-site needs to think about and focus on. If you haven’t already, download and use the SEO Toolkit to analyze the SEO of your sites today. New URL Routing features in ASP.NET MVC and ASP.NET Web Forms 4 make it much easier to build applications that have more control over the URLs that are published. Tools like the URL Rewrite Extension that I’ve talked about in this blog post make it much easier to improve the URLs that are published from sites you already have built today – without requiring you to change a lot of code. The URL Rewrite Extension provides a bunch of additional great capabilities – far beyond just SEO - as well. I’ll be covering these additional capabilities more in future blog posts. Hope this helps, Scott

Read the article

Slow NFS and GFS2 performance

- by Tiago

Recently I've designed and configured a 4 node cluster for a webapp that does lots of file handling. The cluster have been broken down into 2 main roles, webserver and storage. Each role is replicated to a second server using drbd in active/passive mode. The webserver does a NFS mount of the data directory of the storage server and the latter also has a webserver running to serve files to browser clients. In the storage servers I've created a GFS2 FS to hold the data which is wired to drbd. I've chose GFS2 mainly because the announced performance and also because the volume size which has to be pretty high. Since we entered production I've been facing two problems that I think are deeply connected. First of all, the NFS mount on the webservers keeps hanging for a minute or so and then resumes normal operations. By analyzing the logs I've found out that NFS stops answering for a while and outputs the following log lines: Oct 15 18:15:42 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:44 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:46 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:47 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:47 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:47 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:48 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:48 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:51 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:52 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:52 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:55 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:55 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:58 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK In this case, the hang lasted for 16 seconds but sometimes it takes 1 or 2 minutes to resume normal operations. My first guess was this was happening due to heavy load of the NFS mount and that by increasing RPCNFSDCOUNT to a higher value, this would become stable. I've increased it several times and apparently, after a while, the logs started appearing less times. The value is now on 32. After further investigating the issue, I've came across a different hang, despite the NFS messages still appear in the logs. Sometimes, the GFS2 FS simply hangs which causes both the NFS and the storage webserver to serve files. Both stay hang for a while and then they resume normal operations. This hangs leaves no trace on client side (also leaves no NFS ... not responding messages) and, on the storage side, the log system appears to be empty, even though the rsyslogd is running. The nodes connect themselves through a 10Gbps non-dedicated connection but I don't think this is an issue because the GFS2 hang is confirmed but connecting directly to the active storage server. I've been trying to solve this for a while now and I've tried different NFS configuration options, before I've found out the GFS2 FS is also hanging. The NFS mount is exported as such: /srv/data/ <ip_address>(rw,async,no_root_squash,no_all_squash,fsid=25) And the NFS client mounts with: mount -o "async,hard,intr,wsize=8192,rsize=8192" active.storage.vlan:/srv/data /srv/data After some tests, these were the configurations that yielded more performance to the cluster. I am desperate to find a solution for this as the cluster is already in production mode and I need to fix this so that this hangs won't happen in the future and I don't really know for sure what and how I should be benchmarking. What I can tell is that this is happening due to heavy loads as I have tested the cluster earlier and this problems weren't happening at all. Please tell me if you need me to provide configuration details of the cluster, and which do you want me to post. As last resort I can migrate the files to a different FS but I need some solid pointers on whether this will solve this problems as the volume size is extremely large at this point. The servers are being hosted by a third-party enterprise and I don't have physical access to them. Best regards. EDIT 1: The servers are physical servers and their specs are: Webservers: Intel Bi Xeon E5606 2x4 2.13GHz 24GB DDR3 Intel SSD 320 2 x 120GB Raid 1 Storage: Intel i5 3550 3.3GHz 16GB DDR3 12 x 2TB SATA Initially there was a VRack setup between the servers but we've upgraded one of the storage servers to have more RAM and it wasn't inside the VRack. They connect through a shared 10Gbps connection between them. Please note that it is the same connection that is used for public access. They use a single IP (using IP Failover) to connect between them and to allow for a graceful failover. NFS is therefore over a public connection and not under any private network (it was before the upgrade, were the problem still existed). The firewall was configured and tested thoroughly but I disabled it for a while to see if the problem still occurred, and it did. From my knowledge the hosting provider isn't blocking or limiting the connection between either the servers and the public domain (at least under a given bandwidth consumption threshold that hasn't been reached yet). Hope this helps figuring out the problem. EDIT 2: Relevant software versions: CentOS 2.6.32-279.9.1.el6.x86_64 nfs-utils-1.2.3-26.el6.x86_64 nfs-utils-lib-1.1.5-4.el6.x86_64 gfs2-utils-3.0.12.1-32.el6_3.1.x86_64 kmod-drbd84-8.4.2-1.el6_3.elrepo.x86_64 drbd84-utils-8.4.2-1.el6.elrepo.x86_64 DRBD configuration on storage servers: #/etc/drbd.d/storage.res resource storage { protocol C; on <server1 fqdn> { device /dev/drbd0; disk /dev/vg_storage/LV_replicated; address <server1 ip>:7788; meta-disk internal; } on <server2 fqdn> { device /dev/drbd0; disk /dev/vg_storage/LV_replicated; address <server2 ip>:7788; meta-disk internal; } } NFS Configuration in storage servers: #/etc/sysconfig/nfs RPCNFSDCOUNT=32 STATD_PORT=10002 STATD_OUTGOING_PORT=10003 MOUNTD_PORT=10004 RQUOTAD_PORT=10005 LOCKD_UDPPORT=30001 LOCKD_TCPPORT=30001 (can there be any conflict in using the same port for both LOCKD_UDPPORT and LOCKD_TCPPORT?) GFS2 configuration: # gfs2_tool gettune <mountpoint> incore_log_blocks = 1024 log_flush_secs = 60 quota_warn_period = 10 quota_quantum = 60 max_readahead = 262144 complain_secs = 10 statfs_slow = 0 quota_simul_sync = 64 statfs_quantum = 30 quota_scale = 1.0000 (1, 1) new_files_jdata = 0 Storage network environment: eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr <mac address> inet addr:<ip address> Bcast:<bcast address> Mask:<ip mask> inet6 addr: <ip address> Scope:Link UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:957025127 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:1473338731 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000 RX bytes:2630984979622 (2.3 TiB) TX bytes:1648430431523 (1.4 TiB) eth0:0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr <mac address> inet addr:<ip failover address> Bcast:<bcast address> Mask:<ip mask> UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 The IP addresses are statically assigned with the given network configurations: DEVICE="eth0" BOOTPROTO="static" HWADDR=<mac address> ONBOOT="yes" TYPE="Ethernet" IPADDR=<ip address> NETMASK=<net mask> and DEVICE="eth0:0" BOOTPROTO="static" HWADDR=<mac address> IPADDR=<ip failover> NETMASK=<net mask> ONBOOT="yes" BROADCAST=<bcast address> Hosts file to allow for a graceful NFS failover in conjunction with NFS option fsid=25 set on both storage servers: #/etc/hosts <storage ip failover address> active.storage.vlan <webserver ip failover address> active.service.vlan As you can see, packet errors are down to 0. I've also ran ping for a long time without any packet loss. MTU size is the normal 1500. As there is no VLan by now, this is the MTU used to communicate between servers. The webservers' network environment is similar. One thing I forgot to mention is that the storage servers handle ~200GB of new files each day through the NFS connection, which is a key point for me to think this is some kind of heavy load problem with either NFS or GFS2. If you need further configuration details please tell me. EDIT 3: Earlier today we had a major filesystem crash on the storage server. I couldn't get the details of the crash right away because the server stop responding. After the reboot, I noticed the filesystem was extremely slow, and I was not being able to serve a single file through either NFS or httpd, perhaps due to cache warming or so. Nevertheless, I've been monitoring the server closely and the following error came up in dmesg. The source of the problem is clearly GFS, which is waiting for a lock and ends up starving after a while. INFO: task nfsd:3029 blocked for more than 120 seconds. "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. nfsd D 0000000000000000 0 3029 2 0x00000080 ffff8803814f79e0 0000000000000046 0000000000000000 ffffffff8109213f ffff880434c5e148 ffff880624508d88 ffff8803814f7960 ffffffffa037253f ffff8803815c1098 ffff8803814f7fd8 000000000000fb88 ffff8803815c1098 Call Trace: [<ffffffff8109213f>] ? wake_up_bit+0x2f/0x40 [<ffffffffa037253f>] ? gfs2_holder_wake+0x1f/0x30 [gfs2] [<ffffffff814ff42e>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x13e/0x180 [<ffffffff814ff2cb>] mutex_lock+0x2b/0x50 [<ffffffffa0379f21>] gfs2_log_reserve+0x51/0x190 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa0390da2>] gfs2_trans_begin+0x112/0x1d0 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa0369b05>] ? gfs2_dir_check+0x35/0xe0 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa0377943>] gfs2_createi+0x1a3/0xaa0 [gfs2] [<ffffffff8121aab1>] ? avc_has_perm+0x71/0x90 [<ffffffffa0383d1e>] gfs2_create+0x7e/0x1a0 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa037783f>] ? gfs2_createi+0x9f/0xaa0 [gfs2] [<ffffffff81188cf4>] vfs_create+0xb4/0xe0 [<ffffffffa04217d6>] nfsd_create_v3+0x366/0x4c0 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa0429703>] nfsd3_proc_create+0x123/0x1b0 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa041a43e>] nfsd_dispatch+0xfe/0x240 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa025a5d4>] svc_process_common+0x344/0x640 [sunrpc] [<ffffffff810602a0>] ? default_wake_function+0x0/0x20 [<ffffffffa025ac10>] svc_process+0x110/0x160 [sunrpc] [<ffffffffa041ab62>] nfsd+0xc2/0x160 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa041aaa0>] ? nfsd+0x0/0x160 [nfsd] [<ffffffff81091de6>] kthread+0x96/0xa0 [<ffffffff8100c14a>] child_rip+0xa/0x20 [<ffffffff81091d50>] ? kthread+0x0/0xa0 [<ffffffff8100c140>] ? child_rip+0x0/0x20

Read the article

Metro: Creating an IndexedDbDataSource for WinJS

- by Stephen.Walther

The goal of this blog entry is to describe how you can create custom data sources which you can use with the controls in the WinJS library. In particular, I explain how you can create an IndexedDbDataSource which you can use to store and retrieve data from an IndexedDB database. If you want to skip ahead, and ignore all of the fascinating content in-between, I’ve included the complete code for the IndexedDbDataSource at the very bottom of this blog entry. What is IndexedDB? IndexedDB is a database in the browser. You can use the IndexedDB API with all modern browsers including Firefox, Chrome, and Internet Explorer 10. And, of course, you can use IndexedDB with Metro style apps written with JavaScript. If you need to persist data in a Metro style app written with JavaScript then IndexedDB is a good option. Each Metro app can only interact with its own IndexedDB databases. And, IndexedDB provides you with transactions, indices, and cursors – the elements of any modern database. An IndexedDB database might be different than the type of database that you normally use. An IndexedDB database is an object-oriented database and not a relational database. Instead of storing data in tables, you store data in object stores. You store JavaScript objects in an IndexedDB object store. You create new IndexedDB object stores by handling the upgradeneeded event when you attempt to open a connection to an IndexedDB database. For example, here’s how you would both open a connection to an existing database named TasksDB and create the TasksDB database when it does not already exist: var reqOpen = window.indexedDB.open(“TasksDB”, 2); reqOpen.onupgradeneeded = function (evt) { var newDB = evt.target.result; newDB.createObjectStore("tasks", { keyPath: "id", autoIncrement: true }); }; reqOpen.onsuccess = function () { var db = reqOpen.result; // Do something with db }; When you call window.indexedDB.open(), and the database does not already exist, then the upgradeneeded event is raised. In the code above, the upgradeneeded handler creates a new object store named tasks. The new object store has an auto-increment column named id which acts as the primary key column. If the database already exists with the right version, and you call window.indexedDB.open(), then the success event is raised. At that point, you have an open connection to the existing database and you can start doing something with the database. You use asynchronous methods to interact with an IndexedDB database. For example, the following code illustrates how you would add a new object to the tasks object store: var transaction = db.transaction(“tasks”, “readwrite”); var reqAdd = transaction.objectStore(“tasks”).add({ name: “Feed the dog” }); reqAdd.onsuccess = function() { // Tasks added successfully }; The code above creates a new database transaction, adds a new task to the tasks object store, and handles the success event. If the new task gets added successfully then the success event is raised. Creating a WinJS IndexedDbDataSource The most powerful control in the WinJS library is the ListView control. This is the control that you use to display a collection of items. If you want to display data with a ListView control, you need to bind the control to a data source. The WinJS library includes two objects which you can use as a data source: the List object and the StorageDataSource object. The List object enables you to represent a JavaScript array as a data source and the StorageDataSource enables you to represent the file system as a data source. If you want to bind an IndexedDB database to a ListView then you have a choice. You can either dump the items from the IndexedDB database into a List object or you can create a custom data source. I explored the first approach in a previous blog entry. In this blog entry, I explain how you can create a custom IndexedDB data source. Implementing the IListDataSource Interface You create a custom data source by implementing the IListDataSource interface. This interface contains the contract for the methods which the ListView needs to interact with a data source. The easiest way to implement the IListDataSource interface is to derive a new object from the base VirtualizedDataSource object. The VirtualizedDataSource object requires a data adapter which implements the IListDataAdapter interface. Yes, because of the number of objects involved, this is a little confusing. Your code ends up looking something like this: var IndexedDbDataSource = WinJS.Class.derive( WinJS.UI.VirtualizedDataSource, function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._adapter = new IndexedDbDataAdapter(dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error); this._baseDataSourceConstructor(this._adapter); }, { nuke: function () { this._adapter.nuke(); }, remove: function (key) { this._adapter.removeInternal(key); } } ); The code above is used to create a new class named IndexedDbDataSource which derives from the base VirtualizedDataSource class. In the constructor for the new class, the base class _baseDataSourceConstructor() method is called. A data adapter is passed to the _baseDataSourceConstructor() method. The code above creates a new method exposed by the IndexedDbDataSource named nuke(). The nuke() method deletes all of the objects from an object store. The code above also overrides a method named remove(). Our derived remove() method accepts any type of key and removes the matching item from the object store. Almost all of the work of creating a custom data source goes into building the data adapter class. The data adapter class implements the IListDataAdapter interface which contains the following methods: · change() · getCount() · insertAfter() · insertAtEnd() · insertAtStart() · insertBefore() · itemsFromDescription() · itemsFromEnd() · itemsFromIndex() · itemsFromKey() · itemsFromStart() · itemSignature() · moveAfter() · moveBefore() · moveToEnd() · moveToStart() · remove() · setNotificationHandler() · compareByIdentity Fortunately, you are not required to implement all of these methods. You only need to implement the methods that you actually need. In the case of the IndexedDbDataSource, I implemented the getCount(), itemsFromIndex(), insertAtEnd(), and remove() methods. If you are creating a read-only data source then you really only need to implement the getCount() and itemsFromIndex() methods. Implementing the getCount() Method The getCount() method returns the total number of items from the data source. So, if you are storing 10,000 items in an object store then this method would return the value 10,000. Here’s how I implemented the getCount() method: getCount: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var reqCount = store.count(); reqCount.onerror = that._error; reqCount.onsuccess = function (evt) { complete(evt.target.result); }; }); }); } The first thing that you should notice is that the getCount() method returns a WinJS promise. This is a requirement. The getCount() method is asynchronous which is a good thing because all of the IndexedDB methods (at least the methods implemented in current browsers) are also asynchronous. The code above retrieves an object store and then uses the IndexedDB count() method to get a count of the items in the object store. The value is returned from the promise by calling complete(). Implementing the itemsFromIndex method When a ListView displays its items, it calls the itemsFromIndex() method. By default, it calls this method multiple times to get different ranges of items. Three parameters are passed to the itemsFromIndex() method: the requestIndex, countBefore, and countAfter parameters. The requestIndex indicates the index of the item from the database to show. The countBefore and countAfter parameters represent hints. These are integer values which represent the number of items before and after the requestIndex to retrieve. Again, these are only hints and you can return as many items before and after the request index as you please. Here’s how I implemented the itemsFromIndex method: itemsFromIndex: function (requestIndex, countBefore, countAfter) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that.getCount().then(function (count) { if (requestIndex >= count) { return WinJS.Promise.wrapError(new WinJS.ErrorFromName(WinJS.UI.FetchError.doesNotExist)); } var startIndex = Math.max(0, requestIndex - countBefore); var endIndex = Math.min(count, requestIndex + countAfter + 1); that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var index = 0; var items = []; var req = store.openCursor(); req.onerror = that._error; req.onsuccess = function (evt) { var cursor = evt.target.result; if (index < startIndex) { index = startIndex; cursor.advance(startIndex); return; } if (cursor && index < endIndex) { index++; items.push({ key: cursor.value[store.keyPath].toString(), data: cursor.value }); cursor.continue(); return; } results = { items: items, offset: requestIndex - startIndex, totalCount: count }; complete(results); }; }); }); }); } In the code above, a cursor is used to iterate through the objects in an object store. You fetch the next item in the cursor by calling either the cursor.continue() or cursor.advance() method. The continue() method moves forward by one object and the advance() method moves forward a specified number of objects. Each time you call continue() or advance(), the success event is raised again. If the cursor is null then you know that you have reached the end of the cursor and you can return the results. Some things to be careful about here. First, the return value from the itemsFromIndex() method must implement the IFetchResult interface. In particular, you must return an object which has an items, offset, and totalCount property. Second, each item in the items array must implement the IListItem interface. Each item should have a key and a data property. Implementing the insertAtEnd() Method When creating the IndexedDbDataSource, I wanted to go beyond creating a simple read-only data source and support inserting and deleting objects. If you want to support adding new items with your data source then you need to implement the insertAtEnd() method. Here’s how I implemented the insertAtEnd() method for the IndexedDbDataSource: insertAtEnd:function(unused, data) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function(store) { var reqAdd = store.add(data); reqAdd.onerror = that._error; reqAdd.onsuccess = function (evt) { var reqGet = store.get(evt.target.result); reqGet.onerror = that._error; reqGet.onsuccess = function (evt) { var newItem = { key:evt.target.result[store.keyPath].toString(), data:evt.target.result } complete(newItem); }; }; }); }); } When implementing the insertAtEnd() method, you need to be careful to return an object which implements the IItem interface. In particular, you should return an object that has a key and a data property. The key must be a string and it uniquely represents the new item added to the data source. The value of the data property represents the new item itself. Implementing the remove() Method Finally, you use the remove() method to remove an item from the data source. You call the remove() method with the key of the item which you want to remove. Implementing the remove() method in the case of the IndexedDbDataSource was a little tricky. The problem is that an IndexedDB object store uses an integer key and the VirtualizedDataSource requires a string key. For that reason, I needed to override the remove() method in the derived IndexedDbDataSource class like this: var IndexedDbDataSource = WinJS.Class.derive( WinJS.UI.VirtualizedDataSource, function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._adapter = new IndexedDbDataAdapter(dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error); this._baseDataSourceConstructor(this._adapter); }, { nuke: function () { this._adapter.nuke(); }, remove: function (key) { this._adapter.removeInternal(key); } } ); When you call remove(), you end up calling a method of the IndexedDbDataAdapter named removeInternal() . Here’s what the removeInternal() method looks like: setNotificationHandler: function (notificationHandler) { this._notificationHandler = notificationHandler; }, removeInternal: function(key) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqDelete = store.delete (key); reqDelete.onerror = that._error; reqDelete.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.removed(key.toString()); complete(); }; }); }); } The removeInternal() method calls the IndexedDB delete() method to delete an item from the object store. If the item is deleted successfully then the _notificationHandler.remove() method is called. Because we are not implementing the standard IListDataAdapter remove() method, we need to notify the data source (and the ListView control bound to the data source) that an item has been removed. The way that you notify the data source is by calling the _notificationHandler.remove() method. Notice that we get the _notificationHandler in the code above by implementing another method in the IListDataAdapter interface: the setNotificationHandler() method. You can raise the following types of notifications using the _notificationHandler: · beginNotifications() · changed() · endNotifications() · inserted() · invalidateAll() · moved() · removed() · reload() These methods are all part of the IListDataNotificationHandler interface in the WinJS library. Implementing the nuke() Method I wanted to implement a method which would remove all of the items from an object store. Therefore, I created a method named nuke() which calls the IndexedDB clear() method: nuke: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqClear = store.clear(); reqClear.onerror = that._error; reqClear.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.reload(); complete(); }; }); }); } Notice that the nuke() method calls the _notificationHandler.reload() method to notify the ListView to reload all of the items from its data source. Because we are implementing a custom method here, we need to use the _notificationHandler to send an update. Using the IndexedDbDataSource To illustrate how you can use the IndexedDbDataSource, I created a simple task list app. You can add new tasks, delete existing tasks, and nuke all of the tasks. You delete an item by selecting an item (swipe or right-click) and clicking the Delete button. Here’s the HTML page which contains the ListView, the form for adding new tasks, and the buttons for deleting and nuking tasks: <!DOCTYPE html> <html> <head> <meta charset="utf-8" /> <title>DataSources</title>  <link href="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/css/ui-dark.css" rel="stylesheet" /> <script src="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/base.js"></script> <script src="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/ui.js"></script>  <link href="indexedDb.css" rel="stylesheet" /> <script type="text/javascript" src="indexedDbDataSource.js"></script> <script src="indexedDb.js"></script> </head> <body> <div id="tmplTask" data-win-control="WinJS.Binding.Template"> <div class="taskItem"> Id: <span data-win-bind="innerText:id"></span> <br /><br /> Name: <span data-win-bind="innerText:name"></span> </div> </div> <div id="lvTasks" data-win-control="WinJS.UI.ListView" data-win-options="{ itemTemplate: select('#tmplTask'), selectionMode: 'single' }"></div> <form id="frmAdd"> <fieldset> <legend>Add Task</legend> <label>New Task</label> <input id="inputTaskName" required /> <button>Add</button> </fieldset> </form> <button id="btnNuke">Nuke</button> <button id="btnDelete">Delete</button> </body> </html> And here is the JavaScript code for the TaskList app: /// <reference path="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/base.js" /> /// <reference path="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/ui.js" /> function init() { WinJS.UI.processAll().done(function () { var lvTasks = document.getElementById("lvTasks").winControl; // Bind the ListView to its data source var tasksDataSource = new DataSources.IndexedDbDataSource("TasksDB", 1, "tasks", upgrade); lvTasks.itemDataSource = tasksDataSource; // Wire-up Add, Delete, Nuke buttons document.getElementById("frmAdd").addEventListener("submit", function (evt) { evt.preventDefault(); tasksDataSource.beginEdits(); tasksDataSource.insertAtEnd(null, { name: document.getElementById("inputTaskName").value }).done(function (newItem) { tasksDataSource.endEdits(); document.getElementById("frmAdd").reset(); lvTasks.ensureVisible(newItem.index); }); }); document.getElementById("btnDelete").addEventListener("click", function () { if (lvTasks.selection.count() == 1) { lvTasks.selection.getItems().done(function (items) { tasksDataSource.remove(items[0].data.id); }); } }); document.getElementById("btnNuke").addEventListener("click", function () { tasksDataSource.nuke(); }); // This method is called to initialize the IndexedDb database function upgrade(evt) { var newDB = evt.target.result; newDB.createObjectStore("tasks", { keyPath: "id", autoIncrement: true }); } }); } document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", init); The IndexedDbDataSource is created and bound to the ListView control with the following two lines of code: var tasksDataSource = new DataSources.IndexedDbDataSource("TasksDB", 1, "tasks", upgrade); lvTasks.itemDataSource = tasksDataSource; The IndexedDbDataSource is created with four parameters: the name of the database to create, the version of the database to create, the name of the object store to create, and a function which contains code to initialize the new database. The upgrade function creates a new object store named tasks with an auto-increment property named id: function upgrade(evt) { var newDB = evt.target.result; newDB.createObjectStore("tasks", { keyPath: "id", autoIncrement: true }); } The Complete Code for the IndexedDbDataSource Here’s the complete code for the IndexedDbDataSource: (function () { /************************************************ * The IndexedDBDataAdapter enables you to work * with a HTML5 IndexedDB database. *************************************************/ var IndexedDbDataAdapter = WinJS.Class.define( function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._dbName = dbName; // database name this._dbVersion = dbVersion; // database version this._objectStoreName = objectStoreName; // object store name this._upgrade = upgrade; // database upgrade script this._error = error || function (evt) { console.log(evt.message); }; }, { /******************************************* * IListDataAdapter Interface Methods ********************************************/ getCount: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var reqCount = store.count(); reqCount.onerror = that._error; reqCount.onsuccess = function (evt) { complete(evt.target.result); }; }); }); }, itemsFromIndex: function (requestIndex, countBefore, countAfter) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that.getCount().then(function (count) { if (requestIndex >= count) { return WinJS.Promise.wrapError(new WinJS.ErrorFromName(WinJS.UI.FetchError.doesNotExist)); } var startIndex = Math.max(0, requestIndex - countBefore); var endIndex = Math.min(count, requestIndex + countAfter + 1); that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var index = 0; var items = []; var req = store.openCursor(); req.onerror = that._error; req.onsuccess = function (evt) { var cursor = evt.target.result; if (index < startIndex) { index = startIndex; cursor.advance(startIndex); return; } if (cursor && index < endIndex) { index++; items.push({ key: cursor.value[store.keyPath].toString(), data: cursor.value }); cursor.continue(); return; } results = { items: items, offset: requestIndex - startIndex, totalCount: count }; complete(results); }; }); }); }); }, insertAtEnd:function(unused, data) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function(store) { var reqAdd = store.add(data); reqAdd.onerror = that._error; reqAdd.onsuccess = function (evt) { var reqGet = store.get(evt.target.result); reqGet.onerror = that._error; reqGet.onsuccess = function (evt) { var newItem = { key:evt.target.result[store.keyPath].toString(), data:evt.target.result } complete(newItem); }; }; }); }); }, setNotificationHandler: function (notificationHandler) { this._notificationHandler = notificationHandler; }, /***************************************** * IndexedDbDataSource Method ******************************************/ removeInternal: function(key) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqDelete = store.delete (key); reqDelete.onerror = that._error; reqDelete.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.removed(key.toString()); complete(); }; }); }); }, nuke: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqClear = store.clear(); reqClear.onerror = that._error; reqClear.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.reload(); complete(); }; }); }); }, /******************************************* * Private Methods ********************************************/ _ensureDbOpen: function () { var that = this; // Try to get cached Db if (that._cachedDb) { return WinJS.Promise.wrap(that._cachedDb); } // Otherwise, open the database return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error, progress) { var reqOpen = window.indexedDB.open(that._dbName, that._dbVersion); reqOpen.onerror = function (evt) { error(); }; reqOpen.onupgradeneeded = function (evt) { that._upgrade(evt); that._notificationHandler.invalidateAll(); }; reqOpen.onsuccess = function () { that._cachedDb = reqOpen.result; complete(that._cachedDb); }; }); }, _getObjectStore: function (type) { type = type || "readonly"; var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._ensureDbOpen().then(function (db) { var transaction = db.transaction(that._objectStoreName, type); complete(transaction.objectStore(that._objectStoreName)); }); }); }, _get: function (key) { return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore().done(function (store) { var reqGet = store.get(key); reqGet.onerror = that._error; reqGet.onsuccess = function (item) { complete(item); }; }); }); } } ); var IndexedDbDataSource = WinJS.Class.derive( WinJS.UI.VirtualizedDataSource, function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._adapter = new IndexedDbDataAdapter(dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error); this._baseDataSourceConstructor(this._adapter); }, { nuke: function () { this._adapter.nuke(); }, remove: function (key) { this._adapter.removeInternal(key); } } ); WinJS.Namespace.define("DataSources", { IndexedDbDataSource: IndexedDbDataSource }); })(); Summary In this blog post, I provided an overview of how you can create a new data source which you can use with the WinJS library. I described how you can create an IndexedDbDataSource which you can use to bind a ListView control to an IndexedDB database. While describing how you can create a custom data source, I explained how you can implement the IListDataAdapter interface. You also learned how to raise notifications — such as a removed or invalidateAll notification — by taking advantage of the methods of the IListDataNotificationHandler interface.

Read the article

ls -l freezes terminal locally and remotely

- by Jakobud

I've been reading other SF threads regarding ls not returning results or freezing and stalling terminal sessions and it appears they usually the fault of network problems. My problem however, occurs both over remote SSH sessions but also if I am physically at the server itself... I just installed CentOS 5.4 on one of our servers. I'm setting up some rdiff-backup scripts and when I downloaded librsync and untared it, thats when I started seeing some weird behavior with ls -l. wget http://sourceforge.net/projects/librsync/files/librsync/0.9.7/librsync-0.9.7.tar.gz/download /tmp cd /tmp tar -xzf librsync-0.9.7.tar.gz Simple enough. To view the files in this directory I did this: ls results: librsync-0.9.7 librsync-0.9.7.tar.gz Now, if I ls -l, my terminal freezes. I have to re-ssh in to keep going. After reading SF threads, I thought it was network related. So I was extremely surprised to go sit down at the server itself and see the exact same thing happen... So its obviously not a network issues. Even if I ls /tmp/librsync-0.9.7, my terminal freezes just the same... Next I did an strace and got this (warning: wall of text coming....): strace ls -l /tmp execve("/bin/ls", ["ls", "-l", "/tmp"], [/* 21 vars */]) = 0 brk(0) = 0x1c521000 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b8582cc0000 uname({sys="Linux", node="massive.answeron.com", ...}) = 0 access("/etc/ld.so.preload", R_OK) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) open("/etc/ld.so.cache", O_RDONLY) = 3 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=71746, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 71746, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, 3, 0) = 0x2b8582cc1000 close(3) = 0 open("/lib64/librt.so.1", O_RDONLY) = 3 read(3, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0 \"\200\2730\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=53448, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b8582cd3000 mmap(0x30bb800000, 2132936, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0) = 0x30bb800000 mprotect(0x30bb807000, 2097152, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x30bba07000, 8192, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0x7000) = 0x30bba07000 close(3) = 0 open("/lib64/libacl.so.1", O_RDONLY) = 3 read(3, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0\0\31@\2740\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=28008, ...}) = 0 mmap(0x30bc400000, 2120992, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0) = 0x30bc400000 mprotect(0x30bc406000, 2093056, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x30bc605000, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0x5000) = 0x30bc605000 close(3) = 0 open("/lib64/libselinux.so.1", O_RDONLY) = 3 read(3, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0`E\300\2730\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=95464, ...}) = 0 mmap(0x30bbc00000, 2192784, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0) = 0x30bbc00000 mprotect(0x30bbc15000, 2097152, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x30bbe15000, 8192, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0x15000) = 0x30bbe15000 mmap(0x30bbe17000, 1424, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x30bbe17000 close(3) = 0 open("/lib64/libc.so.6", O_RDONLY) = 3 read(3, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0\220\332\201\2720\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=1717800, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b8582cd4000 mmap(0x30ba800000, 3498328, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0) = 0x30ba800000 mprotect(0x30ba94d000, 2097152, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x30bab4d000, 20480, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0x14d000) = 0x30bab4d000 mmap(0x30bab52000, 16728, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x30bab52000 close(3) = 0 open("/lib64/libpthread.so.0", O_RDONLY) = 3 read(3, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0\220W\0\2730\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=145824, ...}) = 0 mmap(0x30bb000000, 2204528, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0) = 0x30bb000000 mprotect(0x30bb016000, 2093056, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x30bb215000, 8192, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0x15000) = 0x30bb215000 mmap(0x30bb217000, 13168, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x30bb217000 close(3) = 0 open("/lib64/libattr.so.1", O_RDONLY) = 3 read(3, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0\320\17\300\2750\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=17888, ...}) = 0 mmap(0x30bdc00000, 2110728, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0) = 0x30bdc00000 mprotect(0x30bdc04000, 2093056, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x30bde03000, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0x3000) = 0x30bde03000 close(3) = 0 open("/lib64/libdl.so.2", O_RDONLY) = 3 read(3, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0\20\16\300\2720\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=23360, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b8582cd5000 mmap(0x30bac00000, 2109696, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0) = 0x30bac00000 mprotect(0x30bac02000, 2097152, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x30bae02000, 8192, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0x2000) = 0x30bae02000 close(3) = 0 open("/lib64/libsepol.so.1", O_RDONLY) = 3 read(3, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0\0=\0\2740\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=247496, ...}) = 0 mmap(0x30bc000000, 2383136, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0) = 0x30bc000000 mprotect(0x30bc03b000, 2097152, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x30bc23b000, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0x3b000) = 0x30bc23b000 mmap(0x30bc23c000, 40224, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x30bc23c000 close(3) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b8582cd6000 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b8582cd7000 arch_prctl(ARCH_SET_FS, 0x2b8582cd6c50) = 0 mprotect(0x30bba07000, 4096, PROT_READ) = 0 mprotect(0x30bab4d000, 16384, PROT_READ) = 0 mprotect(0x30bb215000, 4096, PROT_READ) = 0 mprotect(0x30ba61b000, 4096, PROT_READ) = 0 mprotect(0x30bae02000, 4096, PROT_READ) = 0 munmap(0x2b8582cc1000, 71746) = 0 set_tid_address(0x2b8582cd6ce0) = 24102 set_robust_list(0x2b8582cd6cf0, 0x18) = 0 futex(0x7fff72d02d6c, FUTEX_WAKE_PRIVATE, 1) = 0 rt_sigaction(SIGRTMIN, {0x30bb005370, [], SA_RESTORER|SA_SIGINFO, 0x30bb00e7c0}, NULL, 8) = 0 rt_sigaction(SIGRT_1, {0x30bb0052b0, [], SA_RESTORER|SA_RESTART|SA_SIGINFO, 0x30bb00e7c0}, NULL, 8) = 0 rt_sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, [RTMIN RT_1], NULL, 8) = 0 getrlimit(RLIMIT_STACK, {rlim_cur=10240*1024, rlim_max=RLIM_INFINITY}) = 0 access("/etc/selinux/", F_OK) = 0 brk(0) = 0x1c521000 brk(0x1c542000) = 0x1c542000 open("/etc/selinux/config", O_RDONLY) = 3 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=448, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b8582cc1000 read(3, "# This file controls the state o"..., 4096) = 448 read(3, "", 4096) = 0 close(3) = 0 munmap(0x2b8582cc1000, 4096) = 0 open("/proc/mounts", O_RDONLY) = 3 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0444, st_size=0, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b8582cc1000 read(3, "rootfs / rootfs rw 0 0\n/dev/root"..., 4096) = 577 close(3) = 0 munmap(0x2b8582cc1000, 4096) = 0 open("/selinux/mls", O_RDONLY) = 3 read(3, "1", 19) = 1 close(3) = 0 socket(PF_FILE, SOCK_STREAM, 0) = 3 connect(3, {sa_family=AF_FILE, path="/var/run/setrans/.setrans-unix"...}, 110) = 0 sendmsg(3, {msg_name(0)=NULL, msg_iov(5)=[{"\1\0\0\0", 4}, {"\1\0\0\0", 4}, {"\1\0\0\0", 4}, {"\0", 1}, {"\0", 1}], msg_controllen=0, msg_flags=0}, MSG_NOSIGNAL) = 14 readv(3, [{"\1\0\0\0", 4}, {"\1\0\0\0", 4}, {"\0\0\0\0", 4}], 3) = 12 readv(3, [{"\0", 1}], 1) = 1 close(3) = 0 open("/usr/lib/locale/locale-archive", O_RDONLY) = 3 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=56413824, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 56413824, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, 3, 0) = 0x2b8582cd8000 close(3) = 0 ioctl(1, SNDCTL_TMR_TIMEBASE or TCGETS, {B38400 opost isig icanon echo ...}) = 0 ioctl(1, TIOCGWINSZ, {ws_row=65, ws_col=137, ws_xpixel=0, ws_ypixel=0}) = 0 open("/usr/share/locale/locale.alias", O_RDONLY) = 3 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=2528, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(3, "# Locale name alias data base.\n#"..., 4096) = 2528 read(3, "", 4096) = 0 close(3) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 open("/usr/share/locale/en_US.UTF-8/LC_TIME/coreutils.mo", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) open("/usr/share/locale/en_US.utf8/LC_TIME/coreutils.mo", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) open("/usr/share/locale/en_US/LC_TIME/coreutils.mo", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) open("/usr/share/locale/en.UTF-8/LC_TIME/coreutils.mo", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) open("/usr/share/locale/en.utf8/LC_TIME/coreutils.mo", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) open("/usr/share/locale/en/LC_TIME/coreutils.mo", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) lstat("/tmp", {st_mode=S_IFDIR|S_ISVTX|0777, st_size=4096, ...}) = 0 getxattr("/tmp", "system.posix_acl_access", 0x0, 0) = -1 ENODATA (No data available) getxattr("/tmp", "system.posix_acl_default", 0x0, 0) = -1 ENODATA (No data available) socket(PF_FILE, SOCK_STREAM, 0) = 3 fcntl(3, F_SETFL, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK) = 0 connect(3, {sa_family=AF_FILE, path="/var/run/nscd/socket"...}, 110) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) close(3) = 0 socket(PF_FILE, SOCK_STREAM, 0) = 3 fcntl(3, F_SETFL, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK) = 0 connect(3, {sa_family=AF_FILE, path="/var/run/nscd/socket"...}, 110) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) close(3) = 0 open("/etc/nsswitch.conf", O_RDONLY) = 3 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=1711, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(3, "#\n# /etc/nsswitch.conf\n#\n# An ex"..., 4096) = 1711 read(3, "", 4096) = 0 close(3) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 open("/etc/ld.so.cache", O_RDONLY) = 3 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=71746, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 71746, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, 3, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 close(3) = 0 open("/lib64/libnss_files.so.2", O_RDONLY) = 3 read(3, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0\340\37\0\0\0\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=53880, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 2139432, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0) = 0x2b85862b7000 mprotect(0x2b85862c1000, 2093056, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x2b85864c0000, 8192, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 3, 0x9000) = 0x2b85864c0000 close(3) = 0 mprotect(0x2b85864c0000, 4096, PROT_READ) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 71746) = 0 open("/etc/passwd", O_RDONLY) = 3 fcntl(3, F_GETFD) = 0 fcntl(3, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=1823, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(3, "root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash\n"..., 4096) = 1823 close(3) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 socket(PF_FILE, SOCK_STREAM, 0) = 3 fcntl(3, F_SETFL, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK) = 0 connect(3, {sa_family=AF_FILE, path="/var/run/nscd/socket"...}, 110) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) close(3) = 0 socket(PF_FILE, SOCK_STREAM, 0) = 3 fcntl(3, F_SETFL, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK) = 0 connect(3, {sa_family=AF_FILE, path="/var/run/nscd/socket"...}, 110) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) close(3) = 0 open("/etc/group", O_RDONLY) = 3 fcntl(3, F_GETFD) = 0 fcntl(3, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 fstat(3, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=743, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(3, "root:x:0:root\nbin:x:1:root,bin,d"..., 4096) = 743 close(3) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 open("/tmp", O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK|O_DIRECTORY) = 3 fcntl(3, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 getdents(3, /* 8 entries */, 32768) = 264 lstat("/tmp/librsync-0.9.7.tar.gz", {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=453802, ...}) = 0 getxattr("/tmp/librsync-0.9.7.tar.gz", "system.posix_acl_access", 0x0, 0) = -1 ENODATA (No data available) getxattr("/tmp/librsync-0.9.7.tar.gz", "system.posix_acl_default", 0x0, 0) = -1 ENODATA (No data available) lstat("/tmp/librsync-0.9.7", {st_mode=S_IFDIR|0777, st_size=4096, ...}) = 0 getxattr("/tmp/librsync-0.9.7", "system.posix_acl_access", 0x0, 0) = -1 ENODATA (No data available) getxattr("/tmp/librsync-0.9.7", "system.posix_acl_default", 0x0, 0) = -1 ENODATA (No data available) open("/etc/passwd", O_RDONLY) = 4 fcntl(4, F_GETFD) = 0 fcntl(4, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=1823, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(4, "root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash\n"..., 4096) = 1823 read(4, "", 4096) = 0 close(4) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 open("/etc/ld.so.cache", O_RDONLY) = 4 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=71746, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 71746, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, 4, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 close(4) = 0 open("/lib64/libnss_ldap.so.2", O_RDONLY) = 4 read(4, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0\300r\4\0\0\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=3169960, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 5329912, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 4, 0) = 0x2b85864c2000 mprotect(0x2b858679e000, 2093056, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x2b858699d000, 176128, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 4, 0x2db000) = 0x2b858699d000 mmap(0x2b85869c8000, 62456, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85869c8000 close(4) = 0 open("/lib64/libcom_err.so.2", O_RDONLY) = 4 read(4, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0\320\n\300\2770\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=10000, ...}) = 0 mmap(0x30bfc00000, 2103048, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 4, 0) = 0x30bfc00000 mprotect(0x30bfc02000, 2093056, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x30bfe01000, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 4, 0x1000) = 0x30bfe01000 close(4) = 0 open("/lib64/libkeyutils.so.1", O_RDONLY) = 4 read(4, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0`\n@\2760\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=9472, ...}) = 0 mmap(0x30be400000, 2102416, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 4, 0) = 0x30be400000 mprotect(0x30be402000, 2093056, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x30be601000, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 4, 0x1000) = 0x30be601000 close(4) = 0 open("/lib64/libresolv.so.2", O_RDONLY) = 4 read(4, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0\2402\0\2760\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=92736, ...}) = 0 mmap(0x30be000000, 2181864, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 4, 0) = 0x30be000000 mprotect(0x30be011000, 2097152, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x30be211000, 8192, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 4, 0x11000) = 0x30be211000 mmap(0x30be213000, 6888, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x30be213000 close(4) = 0 mprotect(0x30be211000, 4096, PROT_READ) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 71746) = 0 rt_sigaction(SIGPIPE, {0x1, [], SA_RESTORER, 0x30ba8302d0}, {SIG_DFL, [], 0}, 8) = 0 geteuid() = 0 futex(0x2b85869c7708, FUTEX_WAKE_PRIVATE, 2147483647) = 0 open("/etc/ldap.conf", O_RDONLY) = 4 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=9119, ...}) = 0 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=9119, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(4, "# @(#)$Id: ldap.conf,v 1.38 2006"..., 4096) = 4096 read(4, "Use the OpenLDAP password change"..., 4096) = 4096 read(4, " OpenLDAP 2.0 and earlier is \"no"..., 4096) = 927 read(4, "", 4096) = 0 close(4) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 uname({sys="Linux", node="massive.answeron.com", ...}) = 0 open("/etc/resolv.conf", O_RDONLY) = 4 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=107, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(4, "; generated by /sbin/dhclient-sc"..., 4096) = 107 read(4, "", 4096) = 0 close(4) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 socket(PF_FILE, SOCK_STREAM, 0) = 4 fcntl(4, F_SETFL, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK) = 0 connect(4, {sa_family=AF_FILE, path="/var/run/nscd/socket"...}, 110) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) close(4) = 0 socket(PF_FILE, SOCK_STREAM, 0) = 4 fcntl(4, F_SETFL, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK) = 0 connect(4, {sa_family=AF_FILE, path="/var/run/nscd/socket"...}, 110) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) close(4) = 0 open("/etc/host.conf", O_RDONLY) = 4 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=17, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(4, "order hosts,bind\n", 4096) = 17 read(4, "", 4096) = 0 close(4) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 futex(0x30bab54d44, FUTEX_WAKE_PRIVATE, 2147483647) = 0 open("/etc/hosts", O_RDONLY) = 4 fcntl(4, F_GETFD) = 0 fcntl(4, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=187, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(4, "# Do not remove the following li"..., 4096) = 187 read(4, "", 4096) = 0 close(4) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 open("/etc/ld.so.cache", O_RDONLY) = 4 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=71746, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 71746, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, 4, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 close(4) = 0 open("/lib64/libnss_dns.so.2", O_RDONLY) = 4 read(4, "\177ELF\2\1\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\3\0>\0\1\0\0\0\340\17\0\0\0\0\0\0"..., 832) = 832 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0755, st_size=23736, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 2113792, PROT_READ|PROT_EXEC, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_DENYWRITE, 4, 0) = 0x2b85869d8000 mprotect(0x2b85869dc000, 2093056, PROT_NONE) = 0 mmap(0x2b8586bdb000, 8192, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED|MAP_DENYWRITE, 4, 0x3000) = 0x2b8586bdb000 close(4) = 0 mprotect(0x2b8586bdb000, 4096, PROT_READ) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 71746) = 0 socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_IP) = 4 connect(4, {sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(53), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.10.20")}, 28) = 0 fcntl(4, F_GETFL) = 0x2 (flags O_RDWR) fcntl(4, F_SETFL, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK) = 0 gettimeofday({1276265920, 823870}, NULL) = 0 poll([{fd=4, events=POLLOUT}], 1, 0) = 1 ([{fd=4, revents=POLLOUT}]) sendto(4, "C\v\1\0\0\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\7massive\10answeron\3co"..., 38, MSG_NOSIGNAL, NULL, 0) = 38 poll([{fd=4, events=POLLIN}], 1, 5000) = 1 ([{fd=4, revents=POLLIN}]) ioctl(4, FIONREAD, [122]) = 0 recvfrom(4, "C\v\205\200\0\1\0\1\0\2\0\2\7massive\10answeron\3co"..., 1024, 0, {sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(53), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.10.20")}, [16]) = 122 close(4) = 0 open("/etc/openldap/ldap.conf", O_RDONLY) = 4 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=335, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(4, "#\n# LDAP Defaults\n#\n\n# See ldap."..., 4096) = 335 read(4, "", 4096) = 0 close(4) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 getuid() = 0 geteuid() = 0 getgid() = 0 getegid() = 0 open("/root/ldaprc", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) open("/root/.ldaprc", O_RDONLY) = -1 ENOENT (No such file or directory) stat("/etc/ldap.conf", {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=9119, ...}) = 0 geteuid() = 0 brk(0x1c566000) = 0x1c566000 open("/etc/hosts", O_RDONLY) = 4 fcntl(4, F_GETFD) = 0 fcntl(4, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=187, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(4, "# Do not remove the following li"..., 4096) = 187 read(4, "", 4096) = 0 close(4) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 open("/etc/hosts", O_RDONLY) = 4 fcntl(4, F_GETFD) = 0 fcntl(4, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 fstat(4, {st_mode=S_IFREG|0644, st_size=187, ...}) = 0 mmap(NULL, 4096, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) = 0x2b85862a5000 read(4, "# Do not remove the following li"..., 4096) = 187 read(4, "", 4096) = 0 close(4) = 0 munmap(0x2b85862a5000, 4096) = 0 socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_IP) = 4 connect(4, {sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(53), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.10.20")}, 28) = 0 fcntl(4, F_GETFL) = 0x2 (flags O_RDWR) fcntl(4, F_SETFL, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK) = 0 gettimeofday({1276265920, 855948}, NULL) = 0 poll([{fd=4, events=POLLOUT}], 1, 0) = 1 ([{fd=4, revents=POLLOUT}]) sendto(4, "\32 \1\0\0\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\4ldap\10answeron\3com\0\0"..., 35, MSG_NOSIGNAL, NULL, 0) = 35 poll([{fd=4, events=POLLIN}], 1, 5000) = 1 ([{fd=4, revents=POLLIN}]) ioctl(4, FIONREAD, [104]) = 0 recvfrom(4, "\32 \205\200\0\1\0\1\0\1\0\0\4ldap\10answeron\3com\0\0"..., 1024, 0, {sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(53), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.10.20")}, [16]) = 104 close(4) = 0 socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_IP) = 4 connect(4, {sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(53), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.10.20")}, 28) = 0 fcntl(4, F_GETFL) = 0x2 (flags O_RDWR) fcntl(4, F_SETFL, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK) = 0 gettimeofday({1276265920, 858536}, NULL) = 0 poll([{fd=4, events=POLLOUT}], 1, 0) = 1 ([{fd=4, revents=POLLOUT}]) sendto(4, "I\375\1\0\0\1\0\0\0\0\0\0\4ldap\10answeron\3com\0\0"..., 35, MSG_NOSIGNAL, NULL, 0) = 35 poll([{fd=4, events=POLLIN}], 1, 5000) = 1 ([{fd=4, revents=POLLIN}]) ioctl(4, FIONREAD, [139]) = 0 recvfrom(4, "I\375\205\200\0\1\0\2\0\2\0\2\4ldap\10answeron\3com\0\0"..., 1024, 0, {sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(53), sin_addr=inet_addr("192.168.10.20")}, [16]) = 139 close(4) = 0 socket(PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_IP) = 4 fcntl(4, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 setsockopt(4, SOL_SOCKET, SO_KEEPALIVE, [1], 4) = 0 setsockopt(4, SOL_TCP, TCP_NODELAY, [1], 4) = 0 fcntl(4, F_GETFL) = 0x2 (flags O_RDWR) fcntl(4, F_SETFL, O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK) = 0 connect(4, {sa_family=AF_INET, sin_port=htons(389), sin_addr=inet_addr("10.20.0.30")}, 16) = -1 EINPROGRESS (Operation now in progress) poll([{fd=4, events=POLLOUT|POLLERR|POLLHUP}], 1, 120000 And thats where it stops, right there after that last 120000.... Using strace, I can obviously CTRL+C to keep going. But like I said, normally the terminal completely freezes. Anyone have any clues?

Read the article

Help getting frame rate (fps) up in Python + Pygame

- by Jordan Magnuson

I am working on a little card-swapping world-travel game that I sort of envision as a cross between Bejeweled and the 10 Days geography board games. So far the coding has been going okay, but the frame rate is pretty bad... currently I'm getting low 20's on my Core 2 Duo. This is a problem since I'm creating the game for Intel's March developer competition, which is squarely aimed at netbooks packing underpowered Atom processors. Here's a screen from the game: ![www.necessarygames.com/my_games/betraveled/betraveled-fps.png][1] I am very new to Python and Pygame (this is the first thing I've used them for), and am sadly lacking in formal CS training... which is to say that I think there are probably A LOT of bad practices going on in my code, and A LOT that could be optimized. If some of you older Python hands wouldn't mind taking a look at my code and seeing if you can't find any obvious areas for optimization, I would be extremely grateful. You can download the full source code here: http://www.necessarygames.com/my_games/betraveled/betraveled_src0328.zip Compiled exe here: www.necessarygames.com/my_games/betraveled/betraveled_src0328.zip One thing I am concerned about is my event manager, which I feel may have some performance wholes in it, and another thing is my rendering... I'm pretty much just blitting everything to the screen all the time (see the render routines in my game_components.py below); I recently found out that you should only update the areas of the screen that have changed, but I'm still foggy on how that accomplished exactly... could this be a huge performance issue? Any thoughts are much appreciated! As usual, I'm happy to "tip" you for your time and energy via PayPal. Jordan Here are some bits of the source: Main.py #Remote imports import pygame from pygame.locals import * #Local imports import config import rooms from event_manager import * from events import * class RoomController(object): """Controls which room is currently active (eg Title Screen)""" def __init__(self, screen, ev_manager): self.room = None self.screen = screen self.ev_manager = ev_manager self.ev_manager.register_listener(self) self.room = self.set_room(config.room) def set_room(self, room_const): #Unregister old room from ev_manager if self.room: self.room.ev_manager.unregister_listener(self.room) self.room = None #Set new room based on const if room_const == config.TITLE_SCREEN: return rooms.TitleScreen(self.screen, self.ev_manager) elif room_const == config.GAME_MODE_ROOM: return rooms.GameModeRoom(self.screen, self.ev_manager) elif room_const == config.GAME_ROOM: return rooms.GameRoom(self.screen, self.ev_manager) elif room_const == config.HIGH_SCORES_ROOM: return rooms.HighScoresRoom(self.screen, self.ev_manager) def notify(self, event): if isinstance(event, ChangeRoomRequest): if event.game_mode: config.game_mode = event.game_mode self.room = self.set_room(event.new_room) def render(self, surface): self.room.render(surface) #Run game def main(): pygame.init() screen = pygame.display.set_mode(config.screen_size) ev_manager = EventManager() spinner = CPUSpinnerController(ev_manager) room_controller = RoomController(screen, ev_manager) pygame_event_controller = PyGameEventController(ev_manager) spinner.run() # this runs the main function if this script is called to run. # If it is imported as a module, we don't run the main function. if __name__ == "__main__": main() event_manager.py #Remote imports import pygame from pygame.locals import * #Local imports import config from events import * def debug( msg ): print "Debug Message: " + str(msg) class EventManager: #This object is responsible for coordinating most communication #between the Model, View, and Controller. def __init__(self): from weakref import WeakKeyDictionary self.listeners = WeakKeyDictionary() self.eventQueue= [] self.gui_app = None #---------------------------------------------------------------------- def register_listener(self, listener): self.listeners[listener] = 1 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- def unregister_listener(self, listener): if listener in self.listeners: del self.listeners[listener] #---------------------------------------------------------------------- def post(self, event): if isinstance(event, MouseButtonLeftEvent): debug(event.name) #NOTE: copying the list like this before iterating over it, EVERY tick, is highly inefficient, #but currently has to be done because of how new listeners are added to the queue while it is running #(eg when popping cards from a deck). Should be changed. See: http://dr0id.homepage.bluewin.ch/pygame_tutorial08.html #and search for "Watch the iteration" for listener in list(self.listeners): #NOTE: If the weakref has died, it will be #automatically removed, so we don't have #to worry about it. listener.notify(event) #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ class PyGameEventController: """...""" def __init__(self, ev_manager): self.ev_manager = ev_manager self.ev_manager.register_listener(self) self.input_freeze = False #---------------------------------------------------------------------- def notify(self, incoming_event): if isinstance(incoming_event, UserInputFreeze): self.input_freeze = True elif isinstance(incoming_event, UserInputUnFreeze): self.input_freeze = False elif isinstance(incoming_event, TickEvent): #Share some time with other processes, so we don't hog the cpu pygame.time.wait(5) #Handle Pygame Events for event in pygame.event.get(): #If this event manager has an associated PGU GUI app, notify it of the event if self.ev_manager.gui_app: self.ev_manager.gui_app.event(event) #Standard event handling for everything else ev = None if event.type == QUIT: ev = QuitEvent() elif event.type == pygame.MOUSEBUTTONDOWN and not self.input_freeze: if event.button == 1: #Button 1 pos = pygame.mouse.get_pos() ev = MouseButtonLeftEvent(pos) elif event.type == pygame.MOUSEMOTION: pos = pygame.mouse.get_pos() ev = MouseMoveEvent(pos) #Post event to event manager if ev: self.ev_manager.post(ev) #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ class CPUSpinnerController: def __init__(self, ev_manager): self.ev_manager = ev_manager self.ev_manager.register_listener(self) self.clock = pygame.time.Clock() self.cumu_time = 0 self.keep_going = True #---------------------------------------------------------------------- def run(self): if not self.keep_going: raise Exception('dead spinner') while self.keep_going: time_passed = self.clock.tick() fps = self.clock.get_fps() self.cumu_time += time_passed self.ev_manager.post(TickEvent(time_passed, fps)) if self.cumu_time >= 1000: self.cumu_time = 0 self.ev_manager.post(SecondEvent()) pygame.quit() #---------------------------------------------------------------------- def notify(self, event): if isinstance(event, QuitEvent): #this will stop the while loop from running self.keep_going = False rooms.py #Remote imports import pygame #Local imports import config import continents from game_components import * from my_gui import * from pgu import high class Room(object): def __init__(self, screen, ev_manager): self.screen = screen self.ev_manager = ev_manager self.ev_manager.register_listener(self) def notify(self, event): if isinstance(event, TickEvent): pygame.display.set_caption('FPS: ' + str(int(event.fps))) self.render(self.screen) pygame.display.update() def get_highs_table(self): fname = 'high_scores.txt' highs_table = None config.all_highs = high.Highs(fname) if config.game_mode == config.TIME_CHALLENGE: if config.difficulty == config.EASY: highs_table = config.all_highs['time_challenge_easy'] if config.difficulty == config.MED_DIF: highs_table = config.all_highs['time_challenge_med'] if config.difficulty == config.HARD: highs_table = config.all_highs['time_challenge_hard'] if config.difficulty == config.SUPER: highs_table = config.all_highs['time_challenge_super'] elif config.game_mode == config.PLAN_AHEAD: pass return highs_table class TitleScreen(Room): def __init__(self, screen, ev_manager): Room.__init__(self, screen, ev_manager) self.background = pygame.image.load('assets/images/interface/background.jpg').convert() #Initialize #--------------------------------------- self.gui_form = gui.Form() self.gui_app = gui.App(config.gui_theme) self.ev_manager.gui_app = self.gui_app c = gui.Container(align=0,valign=0) #Quit Button #--------------------------------------- b = StartGameButton(ev_manager=self.ev_manager) c.add(b, 0, 0) self.gui_app.init(c) def render(self, surface): surface.blit(self.background, (0, 0)) #GUI self.gui_app.paint(surface) class GameModeRoom(Room): def __init__(self, screen, ev_manager): Room.__init__(self, screen, ev_manager) self.background = pygame.image.load('assets/images/interface/background.jpg').convert() self.create_gui() #Create pgu gui elements def create_gui(self): #Setup #--------------------------------------- self.gui_form = gui.Form() self.gui_app = gui.App(config.gui_theme) self.ev_manager.gui_app = self.gui_app c = gui.Container(align=0,valign=-1) #Mode Relaxed Button #--------------------------------------- b = GameModeRelaxedButton(ev_manager=self.ev_manager) self.b = b print b.rect c.add(b, 0, 200) #Mode Time Challenge Button #--------------------------------------- b = TimeChallengeButton(ev_manager=self.ev_manager) self.b = b print b.rect c.add(b, 0, 250) #Mode Think Ahead Button #--------------------------------------- # b = PlanAheadButton(ev_manager=self.ev_manager) # self.b = b # print b.rect # c.add(b, 0, 300) #Initialize #--------------------------------------- self.gui_app.init(c) def render(self, surface): surface.blit(self.background, (0, 0)) #GUI self.gui_app.paint(surface) class GameRoom(Room): def __init__(self, screen, ev_manager): Room.__init__(self, screen, ev_manager) #Game mode #--------------------------------------- self.new_board_timer = None self.game_mode = config.game_mode config.current_highs = self.get_highs_table() self.highs_dialog = None self.game_over = False #Images #--------------------------------------- self.background = pygame.image.load('assets/images/interface/game screen2-1.jpg').convert() self.logo = pygame.image.load('assets/images/interface/logo_small.png').convert_alpha() self.game_over_text = pygame.image.load('assets/images/interface/text_game_over.png').convert_alpha() self.trip_complete_text = pygame.image.load('assets/images/interface/text_trip_complete.png').convert_alpha() self.zoom_game_over = None self.zoom_trip_complete = None self.fade_out = None #Text #--------------------------------------- self.font = pygame.font.Font(config.font_sans, config.interface_font_size) #Create game components #--------------------------------------- self.continent = self.set_continent(config.continent) self.board = Board(config.board_size, self.ev_manager) self.deck = Deck(self.ev_manager, self.continent) self.map = Map(self.continent) self.longest_trip = 0 #Set pos of game components #--------------------------------------- board_pos = (SCREEN_MARGIN[0], 109) self.board.set_pos(board_pos) map_pos = (config.screen_size[0] - self.map.size[0] - SCREEN_MARGIN[0], 57); self.map.set_pos(map_pos) #Trackers #--------------------------------------- self.game_clock = Chrono(self.ev_manager) self.swap_counter = 0 self.level = 0 #Create gui #--------------------------------------- self.create_gui() #Create initial board #--------------------------------------- self.new_board = self.deck.deal_new_board(self.board) self.ev_manager.post(NewBoardComplete(self.new_board)) def set_continent(self, continent_const): #Set continent based on const if continent_const == config.EUROPE: return continents.Europe() if continent_const == config.AFRICA: return continents.Africa() else: raise Exception('Continent constant not recognized') #Create pgu gui elements def create_gui(self): #Setup #--------------------------------------- self.gui_form = gui.Form() self.gui_app = gui.App(config.gui_theme) self.ev_manager.gui_app = self.gui_app c = gui.Container(align=-1,valign=-1) #Timer Progress bar #--------------------------------------- self.timer_bar = None self.time_increase = None self.minutes_left = None self.seconds_left = None self.timer_text = None if self.game_mode == config.TIME_CHALLENGE: self.time_increase = config.time_challenge_start_time self.timer_bar = gui.ProgressBar(config.time_challenge_start_time,0,config.max_time_bank,width=306) c.add(self.timer_bar, 172, 57) #Connections Progress bar #--------------------------------------- self.connections_bar = None self.connections_bar = gui.ProgressBar(0,0,config.longest_trip_needed,width=306) c.add(self.connections_bar, 172, 83) #Quit Button #--------------------------------------- b = QuitButton(ev_manager=self.ev_manager) c.add(b, 950, 20) #Generate Board Button #--------------------------------------- b = GenerateBoardButton(ev_manager=self.ev_manager, room=self) c.add(b, 500, 20) #Board Size? #--------------------------------------- bs = SetBoardSizeContainer(config.BOARD_LARGE, ev_manager=self.ev_manager, board=self.board) c.add(bs, 640, 20) #Fill Board? #--------------------------------------- t = FillBoardCheckbox(config.fill_board, ev_manager=self.ev_manager) c.add(t, 740, 20) #Darkness? #--------------------------------------- t = UseDarknessCheckbox(config.use_darkness, ev_manager=self.ev_manager) c.add(t, 840, 20) #Initialize #--------------------------------------- self.gui_app.init(c) def advance_level(self): self.level += 1 print 'Advancing to next level' print 'New level: ' + str(self.level) if self.timer_bar: print 'Time increase: ' + str(self.time_increase) self.timer_bar.value += self.time_increase self.time_increase = max(config.min_advance_time, int(self.time_increase * 0.9)) self.board = self.new_board self.new_board = None self.zoom_trip_complete = None self.game_clock.unpause() def notify(self, event): #Tick event if isinstance(event, TickEvent): pygame.display.set_caption('FPS: ' + str(int(event.fps))) self.render(self.screen) pygame.display.update() #Wait to deal new board when advancing levels if self.zoom_trip_complete and self.zoom_trip_complete.finished: self.zoom_trip_complete = None self.ev_manager.post(UnfreezeCards()) self.new_board = self.deck.deal_new_board(self.board) self.ev_manager.post(NewBoardComplete(self.new_board)) #New high score? if self.zoom_game_over and self.zoom_game_over.finished and not self.highs_dialog: if config.current_highs.check(self.level) != None: self.zoom_game_over.visible = False data = 'time:' + str(self.game_clock.time) + ',swaps:' + str(self.swap_counter) self.highs_dialog = HighScoreDialog(score=self.level, data=data, ev_manager=self.ev_manager) self.highs_dialog.open() elif not self.fade_out: self.fade_out = FadeOut(self.ev_manager, config.TITLE_SCREEN) #Second event elif isinstance(event, SecondEvent): if self.timer_bar: if not self.game_clock.paused: self.timer_bar.value -= 1 if self.timer_bar.value <= 0 and not self.game_over: self.ev_manager.post(GameOver()) self.minutes_left = self.timer_bar.value / 60 self.seconds_left = self.timer_bar.value % 60 if self.seconds_left < 10: leading_zero = '0' else: leading_zero = '' self.timer_text = ''.join(['Time Left: ', str(self.minutes_left), ':', leading_zero, str(self.seconds_left)]) #Game over elif isinstance(event, GameOver): self.game_over = True self.zoom_game_over = ZoomImage(self.ev_manager, self.game_over_text) #Trip complete event elif isinstance(event, TripComplete): print 'You did it!' self.game_clock.pause() self.zoom_trip_complete = ZoomImage(self.ev_manager, self.trip_complete_text) self.new_board_timer = Timer(self.ev_manager, 2) self.ev_manager.post(FreezeCards()) print 'Room posted newboardcomplete' #Board Refresh Complete elif isinstance(event, BoardRefreshComplete): if event.board == self.board: print 'Longest trip needed: ' + str(config.longest_trip_needed) print 'Your longest trip: ' + str(self.board.longest_trip) if self.board.longest_trip >= config.longest_trip_needed: self.ev_manager.post(TripComplete()) elif event.board == self.new_board: self.advance_level() self.connections_bar.value = self.board.longest_trip self.connection_text = ' '.join(['Connections:', str(self.board.longest_trip), '/', str(config.longest_trip_needed)]) #CardSwapComplete elif isinstance(event, CardSwapComplete): self.swap_counter += 1 elif isinstance(event, ConfigChangeBoardSize): config.board_size = event.new_size elif isinstance(event, ConfigChangeCardSize): config.card_size = event.new_size elif isinstance(event, ConfigChangeFillBoard): config.fill_board = event.new_value elif isinstance(event, ConfigChangeDarkness): config.use_darkness = event.new_value def render(self, surface): #Background surface.blit(self.background, (0, 0)) #Map self.map.render(surface) #Board self.board.render(surface) #Logo surface.blit(self.logo, (10,10)) #Text connection_text = self.font.render(self.connection_text, True, BLACK) surface.blit(connection_text, (25, 84)) if self.timer_text: timer_text = self.font.render(self.timer_text, True, BLACK) surface.blit(timer_text, (25, 64)) #GUI self.gui_app.paint(surface) if self.zoom_trip_complete: self.zoom_trip_complete.render(surface) if self.zoom_game_over: self.zoom_game_over.render(surface) if self.fade_out: self.fade_out.render(surface) class HighScoresRoom(Room): def __init__(self, screen, ev_manager): Room.__init__(self, screen, ev_manager) self.background = pygame.image.load('assets/images/interface/background.jpg').convert() #Initialize #--------------------------------------- self.gui_app = gui.App(config.gui_theme) self.ev_manager.gui_app = self.gui_app c = gui.Container(align=0,valign=0) #High Scores Table #--------------------------------------- hst = HighScoresTable() c.add(hst, 0, 0) self.gui_app.init(c) def render(self, surface): surface.blit(self.background, (0, 0)) #GUI self.gui_app.paint(surface) game_components.py #Remote imports import pygame from pygame.locals import * import random import operator from copy import copy from math import sqrt, floor #Local imports import config from events import * from matrix import Matrix from textrect import render_textrect, TextRectException from hyphen import hyphenator from textwrap2 import TextWrapper ############################## #CONSTANTS ############################## SCREEN_MARGIN = (10, 10) #Colors BLACK = (0, 0, 0) WHITE = (255, 255, 255) RED = (255, 0, 0) YELLOW = (255, 200, 0) #Directions LEFT = -1 RIGHT = 1 UP = 2 DOWN = -2 #Cards CARD_MARGIN = (10, 10) CARD_PADDING = (2, 2) #Card types BLANK = 0 COUNTRY = 1 TRANSPORT = 2 #Transport types PLANE = 0 TRAIN = 1 CAR = 2 SHIP = 3 class Timer(object): def __init__(self, ev_manager, time_left): self.ev_manager = ev_manager self.ev_manager.register_listener(self) self.time_left = time_left self.paused = False def __repr__(self): return str(self.time_left) def pause(self): self.paused = True def unpause(self): self.paused = False def notify(self, event): #Pause Event if isinstance(event, Pause): self.pause() #Unpause Event elif isinstance(event, Unpause): self.unpause() #Second Event elif isinstance(event, SecondEvent): if not self.paused: self.time_left -= 1 class Chrono(object): def __init__(self, ev_manager, start_time=0): self.ev_manager = ev_manager self.ev_manager.register_listener(self) self.time = start_time self.paused = False def __repr__(self): return str(self.time_left) def pause(self): self.paused = True def unpause(self): self.paused = False def notify(self, event): #Pause Event if isinstance(event, Pause): self.pause() #Unpause Event elif isinstance(event, Unpause): self.unpause() #Second Event elif isinstance(event, SecondEvent): if not self.paused: self.time += 1 class Map(object): def __init__(self, continent): self.map_image = pygame.image.load(continent.map).convert_alpha() self.map_text = pygame.image.load(continent.map_text).convert_alpha() self.pos = (0, 0) self.set_color() self.map_image = pygame.transform.smoothscale(self.map_image, config.map_size) self.size = self.map_image.get_size() def set_pos(self, pos): self.pos = pos def set_color(self): image_pixel_array = pygame.PixelArray(self.map_image) image_pixel_array.replace(config.GRAY1, config.COLOR1) image_pixel_array.replace(config.GRAY2, config.COLOR2) image_pixel_array.replace(config.GRAY3, config.COLOR3) image_pixel_array.replace(config.GRAY4, config.COLOR4) image_pixel_array.replace(config.GRAY5, config.COLOR5)

Read the article

WPF Infinite loop in references found while processing the Template

- by Ryan

I am pretty new to WPF and am getting this error after my mouse is over my custom listbox item. Error: Infinite loop in references found while processing the Template for an element named '' of type 'System.Windows.Controls.TextBox'. <Window.Resources> <ControlTemplate x:Key="MouseOverFocusTemplate" > <Grid> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="55*" /> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" /> <ColumnDefinition Width="*" /> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <TextBox Width="290" TextAlignment="Left" VerticalContentAlignment="Center" BorderThickness="0" BorderBrush="Transparent" Foreground="#FF6FB8FD" FontSize="24" TextWrapping="Wrap" Text="{Binding .}" Grid.Column="1" Grid.Row="1" MinHeight="55" Cursor="Hand" IsReadOnly="True" FontFamily="Arial" > <TextBox.Background> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FF013B73" Offset="0.501"/> <GradientStop Color="#FF091F34"/> <GradientStop Color="#FF014A8F" Offset="0.5"/> <GradientStop Color="#FF003363" Offset="1"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </TextBox.Background> </TextBox> </Grid> </ControlTemplate> <Style x:Key="MouseOverFocusStyle" TargetType="{x:Type TextBox}"> <Setter Property="Template" Value="{StaticResource MouseOverFocusTemplate}"/> </Style> <ControlTemplate x:Key="LostFocusTemplate" > <Grid> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="55*" /> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" /> <ColumnDefinition Width="*" /> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <TextBox Width="290" TextAlignment="Left" VerticalContentAlignment="Center" BorderThickness="0" BorderBrush="Transparent" Foreground="#FF6FB8FD" FontSize="24" TextWrapping="Wrap" Text="{Binding .}" Grid.Column="1" Grid.Row="1" MinHeight="55" Cursor="Hand" IsReadOnly="True" FontFamily="Arial" > <TextBox.Background> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <LinearGradientBrush.RelativeTransform> <TransformGroup> <ScaleTransform CenterX="0.5" CenterY="0.5"/> <SkewTransform CenterX="0.5" CenterY="0.5"/> <RotateTransform CenterX="0.5" CenterY="0.5"/> <TranslateTransform/> </TransformGroup> </LinearGradientBrush.RelativeTransform> <GradientStop Color="#FF091F34" Offset="1"/> <GradientStop Color="#FF002F5C" Offset="0.4"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </TextBox.Background> </TextBox> </Grid> </ControlTemplate> <Style x:Key="LostFocusStyle" TargetType="{x:Type TextBox}"> <Setter Property="Template" Value="{StaticResource LostFocusTemplate}"/> </Style> <ControlTemplate x:Key="GotFocusTemplate" > <Grid> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="55*" /> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" /> <ColumnDefinition Width="*" /> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <TextBox Width="290" TextAlignment="Left" VerticalContentAlignment="Center" BorderThickness="0" BorderBrush="Transparent" Foreground="#FFE38E27" FontSize="24" TextWrapping="Wrap" Text="{Binding .}" Grid.Column="1" Grid.Row="1" MinHeight="55" Cursor="Hand" IsReadOnly="True" FontFamily="Arial" > <TextBox.Background> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="Black" Offset="0.501"/> <GradientStop Color="#FF091F34"/> <GradientStop Color="#FF002F5C" Offset="0.5"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </TextBox.Background> </TextBox> </Grid> </ControlTemplate> <Style x:Key="GotFocusStyle" TargetType="{x:Type TextBox}"> <Setter Property="Template" Value="{StaticResource GotFocusTemplate}"/> </Style> <Style TargetType="ListBoxItem"> <EventSetter Event="GotFocus" Handler="ListItem_GotFocus"></EventSetter> <EventSetter Event="LostFocus" Handler="ListItem_LostFocus"></EventSetter> <EventSetter Event="Mouse.MouseMove" Handler="ListItem_MouseOver"></EventSetter> </Style> <DataTemplate DataType="{x:Type TextBlock}"> </DataTemplate> <DataTemplate x:Key="CustomListData" DataType="{x:Type ListBoxItem}"> <Border BorderBrush="Black" BorderThickness="1" Margin="-2,0,0,-1"> <Grid> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="55*" /> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" /> <ColumnDefinition Width="*" /> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <Grid.RenderTransform> <TransformGroup> <ScaleTransform ScaleX="1" ScaleY="1"/> <SkewTransform AngleX="0" AngleY="0"/> <RotateTransform Angle="0"/> <TranslateTransform X="0" Y="0"/> </TransformGroup> </Grid.RenderTransform>  <TextBox Width="290" TextAlignment="Left" VerticalContentAlignment="Center" BorderThickness="0" BorderBrush="Transparent" Foreground="#FF6FB8FD" FontSize="24" FocusVisualStyle="{StaticResource GotFocusStyle}" TextWrapping="Wrap" Text="{Binding .}" Grid.Column="1" Grid.Row="1" MinHeight="55" Cursor="Hand" IsReadOnly="True" FontFamily="Arial" > <TextBox.Background> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <LinearGradientBrush.RelativeTransform> <TransformGroup> <ScaleTransform CenterX="0.5" CenterY="0.5"/> <SkewTransform CenterX="0.5" CenterY="0.5"/> <RotateTransform CenterX="0.5" CenterY="0.5"/> <TranslateTransform/> </TransformGroup> </LinearGradientBrush.RelativeTransform> <GradientStop Color="#FF091F34" Offset="1"/> <GradientStop Color="#FF002F5C" Offset="0.4"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </TextBox.Background> </TextBox> </Grid> </Border> </DataTemplate> <Style TargetType="{x:Type ListBox}"> <Setter Property="ItemTemplate" Value="{StaticResource CustomListData }" /> <Setter Property="ScrollViewer.HorizontalScrollBarVisibility" Value="Disabled" /> </Style> </Window.Resources> <Window.DataContext> <ObjectDataProvider ObjectType="{x:Type local:ImageLoader}" MethodName="LoadImages" /> </Window.DataContext> <ListBox ItemsSource="{Binding}" Width="320" Background="#FF021422" BorderBrush="#FF1C4B79"> <ListBox.Resources> <SolidColorBrush x:Key="{x:Static SystemColors.HighlightBrushKey}">Transparent</SolidColorBrush> </ListBox.Resources> </ListBox> The code behind for the mouse over event is as follows private void ListItem_MouseOver(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) { e.Handled = true; FrameworkElement element = e.OriginalSource as FrameworkElement; if (element != null) { while (VisualTreeHelper.GetParent(element) != null) { element = VisualTreeHelper.GetParent(element) as FrameworkElement; TextBox item = element as TextBox; if (item != null) { item.Style = (Style)item.FindResource("MouseOverFocusStyle"); return; } } } } What am I missing? Is there an easier way to do this ? Thanks in advance Ryan

Read the article

Looking for a workaround for IE 6/7 "Unspecified Error" bug when accessing offsetParent; using ASP.N

- by CodeChef

I'm using jQuery UI's draggable and droppable libraries in a simple ASP.NET proof of concept application. This page uses the ASP.NET AJAX UpdatePanel to do partial page updates. The page allows a user to drop an item into a trashcan div, which will invoke a postback that deletes a record from the database, then rebinds the list (and other controls) that the item was drug from. All of these elements (the draggable items and the trashcan div) are inside an ASP.NET UpdatePanel. Here is the dragging and dropping initialization script: function initDragging() { $(".person").draggable({helper:'clone'}); $("#trashcan").droppable({ accept: '.person', tolerance: 'pointer', hoverClass: 'trashcan-hover', activeClass: 'trashcan-active', drop: onTrashCanned }); } $(document).ready(function(){ initDragging(); var prm = Sys.WebForms.PageRequestManager.getInstance(); prm.add_endRequest(function() { initDragging(); }); }); function onTrashCanned(e,ui) { var id = $('input[id$=hidID]', ui.draggable).val(); if (id != undefined) { $('#hidTrashcanID').val(id); __doPostBack('btnTrashcan',''); } } When the page posts back, partially updating the UpdatePanel's content, I rebind the draggables and droppables. When I then grab a draggable with my cursor, I get an "htmlfile: Unspecified error." exception. I can resolve this problem in the jQuery library by replacing elem.offsetParent with calls to this function that I wrote: function IESafeOffsetParent(elem) { try { return elem.offsetParent; } catch(e) { return document.body; } } I also have to avoid calls to elem.getBoundingClientRect() as it throws the same error. For those interested, I only had to make these changes in the jQuery.fn.offset function in the Dimensions Plugin. My questions are: Although this works, are there better ways (cleaner; better performance; without having to modify the jQuery library) to solve this problem? If not, what's the best way to manage keeping my changes in sync when I update the jQuery libraries in the future? For, example can I extend the library somewhere other than just inline in the files that I download from the jQuery website. Update: @some It's not publicly accessible, but I will see if SO will let me post the relevant code into this answer. Just create an ASP.NET Web Application (name it DragAndDrop) and create these files. Don't forget to set Complex.aspx as your start page. You'll also need to download the jQuery UI drag and drop plug in as well as jQuery core Complex.aspx <%@ Page Language="C#" AutoEventWireup="true" CodeBehind="Complex.aspx.cs" Inherits="DragAndDrop.Complex" %> <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" > <head runat="server"> <title>Untitled Page</title> <script src="jquery-1.2.6.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="jquery-ui-personalized-1.5.3.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> function initDragging() { $(".person").draggable({helper:'clone'}); $("#trashcan").droppable({ accept: '.person', tolerance: 'pointer', hoverClass: 'trashcan-hover', activeClass: 'trashcan-active', drop: onTrashCanned }); } $(document).ready(function(){ initDragging(); var prm = Sys.WebForms.PageRequestManager.getInstance(); prm.add_endRequest(function() { initDragging(); }); }); function onTrashCanned(e,ui) { var id = $('input[id$=hidID]', ui.draggable).val(); if (id != undefined) { $('#hidTrashcanID').val(id); __doPostBack('btnTrashcan',''); } } </script> </head> <body> <form id="form1" runat="server"> <asp:ScriptManager ID="ScriptManager1" runat="server"> </asp:ScriptManager> <div> <asp:UpdatePanel ID="updContent" runat="server" UpdateMode="Always"> <ContentTemplate> <asp:LinkButton ID="btnTrashcan" Text="trashcan" runat="server" CommandName="trashcan" onclick="btnTrashcan_Click" style="display:none;"></asp:LinkButton> <input type="hidden" id="hidTrashcanID" runat="server" /> <asp:Button ID="Button1" runat="server" Text="Save" onclick="Button1_Click" /> <table> <tr> <td style="width: 300px;"> <asp:DataList ID="lstAllPeople" runat="server" DataSourceID="odsAllPeople" DataKeyField="ID"> <ItemTemplate> <div class="person"> <asp:HiddenField ID="hidID" runat="server" Value='<%# Eval("ID") %>' /> Name: <asp:Label ID="lblName" runat="server" Text='<%# Eval("Name") %>' /> <br /> <br /> </div> </ItemTemplate> </asp:DataList> <asp:ObjectDataSource ID="odsAllPeople" runat="server" SelectMethod="SelectAllPeople" TypeName="DragAndDrop.Complex+DataAccess" onselecting="odsAllPeople_Selecting"> <SelectParameters> <asp:Parameter Name="filter" Type="Object" /> </SelectParameters> </asp:ObjectDataSource> </td> <td style="width: 300px;vertical-align:top;"> <div id="trashcan"> drop here to delete </div> <asp:DataList ID="lstPeopleToDelete" runat="server" DataSourceID="odsPeopleToDelete"> <ItemTemplate> ID: <asp:Label ID="IDLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Eval("ID") %>' /> <br /> Name: <asp:Label ID="NameLabel" runat="server" Text='<%# Eval("Name") %>' /> <br /> <br /> </ItemTemplate> </asp:DataList> <asp:ObjectDataSource ID="odsPeopleToDelete" runat="server" onselecting="odsPeopleToDelete_Selecting" SelectMethod="GetDeleteList" TypeName="DragAndDrop.Complex+DataAccess"> <SelectParameters> <asp:Parameter Name="list" Type="Object" /> </SelectParameters> </asp:ObjectDataSource> </td> </tr> </table> </ContentTemplate> </asp:UpdatePanel> </div> </form> </body> </html> Complex.aspx.cs namespace DragAndDrop { public partial class Complex : System.Web.UI.Page { protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { } protected List<int> DeleteList { get { if (ViewState["dl"] == null) { List<int> dl = new List<int>(); ViewState["dl"] = dl; return dl; } else { return (List<int>)ViewState["dl"]; } } } public class DataAccess { public IEnumerable<Person> SelectAllPeople(IEnumerable<int> filter) { return Database.SelectAll().Where(p => !filter.Contains(p.ID)); } public IEnumerable<Person> GetDeleteList(IEnumerable<int> list) { return Database.SelectAll().Where(p => list.Contains(p.ID)); } } protected void odsAllPeople_Selecting(object sender, ObjectDataSourceSelectingEventArgs e) { e.InputParameters["filter"] = this.DeleteList; } protected void odsPeopleToDelete_Selecting(object sender, ObjectDataSourceSelectingEventArgs e) { e.InputParameters["list"] = this.DeleteList; } protected void Button1_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { foreach (int id in DeleteList) { Database.DeletePerson(id); } DeleteList.Clear(); lstAllPeople.DataBind(); lstPeopleToDelete.DataBind(); } protected void btnTrashcan_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { int id = int.Parse(hidTrashcanID.Value); DeleteList.Add(id); lstAllPeople.DataBind(); lstPeopleToDelete.DataBind(); } } } Database.cs namespace DragAndDrop { public static class Database { private static Dictionary<int, Person> _people = new Dictionary<int,Person>(); static Database() { Person[] people = new Person[] { new Person("Chad") , new Person("Carrie") , new Person("Richard") , new Person("Ron") }; foreach (Person p in people) { _people.Add(p.ID, p); } } public static IEnumerable<Person> SelectAll() { return _people.Values; } public static void DeletePerson(int id) { if (_people.ContainsKey(id)) { _people.Remove(id); } } public static Person CreatePerson(string name) { Person p = new Person(name); _people.Add(p.ID, p); return p; } } public class Person { private static int _curID = 1; public int ID { get; set; } public string Name { get; set; } public Person() { ID = _curID++; } public Person(string name) : this() { Name = name; } } }

Read the article

Jquery Flexslider - can't see navigational images (manualControl)

- by Kim Thomas

I've spent a lot of time looking at the post on 3/13/12 re: manual controls, but isn't getting me all the way there...probably because I don't know jquery. Sorry, newbie on board. I'm trying to get the right/left arrows to show, as well as the 1, 2, 3...at the bottom. They are there, I see the lists on Firebug, just don't know how to add them to the "hook" (?) so they appear. Here is the code I have in header: <script src="http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.7.1/jquery.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="jquery.flexslider.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" charset="utf-8"> $(window).load(function() { $('.flexslider').flexslider({ animation: "slide", slideshow: false, controlNav: true, manualControls: ".flex-control-nav li a", controlsContainer: ".flex-container" }); }); </script> Here is my html: <div class="flex-container"> <div class="flexslider"> <ul class="slides"> <li><img src="images/tah_home.jpg" alt="taylor art house home page" width="600" height="320"/> <p class="flex-caption">Taylor Art House Home Page</p></li> <li><img src="images/tah_blog.jpg" alt="taylor art house blog page" width="600" height="320" /> <p class="flex-caption">We created a blog that fits seemlessly into Taylor Art House's look</p></li> <li><img src="images/tah_artwork_page.jpg" alt="taylor art house art page" width="600" height="320" /> <p class="flex-caption">One of Taylor Art House's gallery pages, using a Wordpress plugin</p></li> <li><img src="images/tah_arch_portfolio.jpg" alt="jon taylor architecture portfolio page" width="600" height="320" /> <p class="flex-caption">We created links to toggle from TAH to Jon Taylor Architecture</p></li> </ul> </div> </div> Here is the Flexslider CSS: /* * jQuery FlexSlider v1.8 * http://www.woothemes.com/flexslider/ * * Copyright 2012 WooThemes * Free to use under the MIT license. * http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php */ /* Browser Resets */ .flex-container a:active, .flexslider a:active, .flex-container a:focus, .flexslider a:focus {outline: none;} .slides, .flex-control-nav, .flex-direction-nav {margin: 0; padding: 0; list-style: none;} /* FlexSlider Necessary Styles *********************************/ .flexslider { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; } .flexslider .slides > li { display: none; -webkit-backface-visibility: hidden; } /* Hide the slides before the JS is loaded. Avoids image jumping */ .flexslider .slides img { max-width: 100%; display: block; } .flex-pauseplay span { text-transform: capitalize; } /* Clearfix for the .slides element */ .slides:after { content: "."; display: block; clear: both; visibility: hidden; line-height: 0; height: 0; } html[xmlns] .slides { display: block; } * html .slides { height: 1%; } /* No JavaScript Fallback */ /* If you are not using another script, such as Modernizr, make sure you * include js that eliminates this class on page load */ .no-js .slides > li:first-child { display: block; } /* FlexSlider Default Theme *********************************/ .flexslider { width: 600px; background: #fff; border: 4px solid #999; position: relative; margin: 30px 0; -webkit-border-radius: 5px; -moz-border-radius: 5px; -o-border-radius: 5px; border-radius: 5px; zoom: 1; } .flexslider .slides { zoom: 1; } .flexslider .slides > li { position: relative; } /* Suggested container for "Slide" animation setups. Can replace this with your own, if you wish */ .flex-container { zoom: 1; position: relative; margin-left:100px; } /* Caption style */ /* IE rgba() hack */ .flex-caption { background:none; -ms-filter:progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.gradient(startColorstr=#4C000000,endColorstr=#4C000000); filter:progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.gradient(startColorstr=#4C000000,endColorstr=#4C000000); zoom: 1; } .flex-caption { width: 96%; padding: 2%; margin: 0; position: absolute; left: 0; bottom: 0; background: rgba(0,0,0,.3); color: #fff; text-shadow: 0 -1px 0 rgba(0,0,0,.3); font-size: 14px; line-height: 18px; } /* Direction Nav */ .flex-direction-nav { height: 0; } .flex-direction-nav li a { width: 52px; height: 52px; margin: -13px 0 0; display: block; background: url(theme/bg_direction_nav.png) no-repeat; position: absolute; top: 50%; cursor: pointer; text-indent: -999em; } .flex-direction-nav li .next { background-position: -52px 0; right: -21px; } .flex-direction-nav li .prev { left: -20px; } .flex-direction-nav li .disabled { opacity: .3; filter:alpha(opacity=30); cursor: default; } /* Control Nav */ .flex-control-nav { width: 100%; position: absolute; bottom: -30px; text-align: center; } .flex-control-nav li { margin: 0 0 0 5px; display: inline-block; zoom: 1; *display: inline; } .flex-control-nav li:first-child { margin: 0; } .flex-control-nav li a { width: 13px; height: 13px; display: block; background: url(theme/bg_control_nav.png) no-repeat; cursor: pointer; text-indent: -999em; } .flex-control-nav li a:hover { background-position: 0 -13px; } .flex-control-nav li a.active { background-position: 0 -26px; cursor: default; } Here is how it appears in Firebug: <div class="flex-container"> <div class="flexslider" style="overflow: hidden;"> <ul class="slides" style="width: 1200%; margin-left: -1800px;"> <li class="clone" style="width: 600px; float: left; display: block;"> <li style="width: 600px; float: left; display: block;"> <li style="width: 600px; float: left; display: block;"> <li style="width: 600px; float: left; display: block;"> <li style="width: 600px; float: left; display: block;"> <li class="clone" style="width: 600px; float: left; display: block;"> </ul> </div> <ol class="flex-control-nav"> <li> <a class="">1</a> </li> <li> <li> <li> </ol> <ul class="flex-direction-nav"> <li> <a class="prev" href="#">Previous</a> </li> <li> <a class="next" href="#">Next</a> </li> </ul> </div> Finally, here is a link to the jsFiddle file (I saw someone wanted that in other flexslider post): http://jsfiddle.net/kthms/Wxmsp/ Link to page: http://www.kajortdesigns.com/tah.php I've tried every combo of class from the CSS in the manualControl: "", but I'm just guessing. If anyone can help this newbie out, I would be very appreciative. Explicit instructions are always appreciated.

Read the article

Asp.net PopupControlExtender inside UpdatePabel

- by user296422

Hi, So i use PopupControlExtender (to edit some of the fields) inside ListViewControl which itself is embeded inside an UpdatePanel. The problem is as follows whenever you cause partail postback the popup panels are created client side outside the updatepanel. And you get more clientside controls with the same clientside ID. When you postback with popup panel the server side control eg. Texbox has Text = clientsidecontrol1.text, clientsidecontrol2.text, clientsidecontrol.text3 Is there a way to prevent this. <%@ Page Language="C#" AutoEventWireup="true" CodeFile="Test.aspx.cs" Inherits="Secure_Test" %> <%@ Register assembly="AjaxControlToolkit" namespace="AjaxControlToolkit" tagprefix="cc1" %> <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head runat="server"> <title></title> </head> <body> <form id="form1" runat="server"> <cc1:ToolkitScriptManager ID="ToolkitScriptManager1" runat="server"> </cc1:ToolkitScriptManager> <div> <asp:UpdatePanel ID="UpdatePanel1" runat="server"> <ContentTemplate> <asp:Label ID="InputLabel" runat="server" Text="Whatever you put in the textbox"></asp:Label> <br /> <asp:Label runat="server"> <%= DateTime.Now.ToString() %></asp:Label> <br /> <asp:Button ID="Button1" runat="server" Text="Refresh" /> <br /> <asp:LinkButton ID="PopupLB" runat="server">Popup</asp:LinkButton> <br /> <cc1:PopupControlExtender ID="PopupControlExtender1" runat="server" PopupControlID="Panel1" TargetControlID="PopupLB" CommitProperty="Value"> </cc1:PopupControlExtender> <asp:Panel ID="Panel1" runat="server"> <asp:UpdatePanel ID="UpdatePanel2" runat="server"> <ContentTemplate> <asp:TextBox ID="InputTB" runat="server"></asp:TextBox> <asp:Button ID="SubmitBTN" runat="server" Text="Submit" onclick="SubmitBTN_Click" UseSubmitBehavior="false" /> </ContentTemplate> </asp:UpdatePanel> </asp:Panel> </ContentTemplate> </asp:UpdatePanel> </div> </form> </body> </html> using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using System.Web.UI; using System.Web.UI.WebControls; using AjaxControlToolkit; public partial class Secure_Test : System.Web.UI.Page { protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { } protected void SubmitBTN_Click(object sender, EventArgs e) { PopupControlExtender pce = AjaxControlToolkit.PopupControlExtender.GetProxyForCurrentPopup(Page); pce.Commit("Popup"); InputLabel.Text = InputTB.Text; } } To make it easier to test i post the code of an example page i used for testing. To make myself clear here is an example: i click Popup. Type "asdf" in the textbox and click Submit. InputPanel dispalys "asdf" i click Popup again. Type "qwerty" in the textbox and click Submit. InputPanel now displays "qwerty,asdf" When you check it the firebug you get this: <form id="form1" action="Test.aspx" method="post" name="form1"> <div> <input type="hidden" value=";;AjaxControlToolkit, Version=3.0.30930.21526, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=28f01b0e84b6d53e:pl-PL:c83bc095-c5d9-40da-b175-dc46338fcc3a:865923e8:91bd373d:596d588c:411fea1c:e7c87f07:bbfda34c:30a78ec5:42b7c466;" id="ToolkitScriptManager1_HiddenField" name="ToolkitScriptManager1_HiddenField"> </div> <script type="text/javascript"> //<![CDATA[ var theForm = document.forms['form1']; if (!theForm) { theForm = document.form1; } function __doPostBack(eventTarget, eventArgument) { if (!theForm.onsubmit || (theForm.onsubmit() != false)) { theForm.__EVENTTARGET.value = eventTarget; theForm.__EVENTARGUMENT.value = eventArgument; theForm.submit(); } } //]]> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="/WebResource.axd?d=B2RAZw_YugtketKJqWIbXA2&t=634051184591131846"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="/ScriptResource.axd?d=zifZiisoqXYJSwLXuAZ4DmtrWVvn9x0W1r7qfDo40UU7q9QYoa5ChdBZD6dDL66f0flKVDmPL2woIPesut_FUpsFZUN2A5sDN7IOqPUOZO41&t=1a45d080"></script> <script type="text/javascript"> //<![CDATA[ if (typeof(Sys) === 'undefined') throw new Error('Ladowanie struktury strony klienta ASP.NET Ajax nie powiodlo sie.'); //]]> </script> <script type="text/javascript" src="/ScriptResource.axd?d=zifZiisoqXYJSwLXuAZ4DmtrWVvn9x0W1r7qfDo40UU7q9QYoa5ChdBZD6dDL66fyxEJaYB3uJEQ0r_TmOPczeBZ1gpFH5a6x4ug130lptsKAcGA3S1vt08sHQo5sFtH0&t=1a45d080"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="/Secure/Test.aspx?_TSM_HiddenField_=ToolkitScriptManager1_HiddenField&_TSM_CombinedScripts_=%3b%3bAjaxControlToolkit%2c+Version%3d3.0.30930.21526%2c+Culture%3dneutral%2c+PublicKeyToken%3d28f01b0e84b6d53e%3apl-PL%3ac83bc095-c5d9-40da-b175-dc46338fcc3a%3a865923e8%3a91bd373d%3a596d588c%3a411fea1c%3ae7c87f07%3abbfda34c%3a30a78ec5%3a42b7c466"></script> <div> </div> <script type="text/javascript"> //<![CDATA[ Sys.WebForms.PageRequestManager._initialize('ToolkitScriptManager1', document.getElementById('form1')); Sys.WebForms.PageRequestManager.getInstance()._updateControls(['tUpdatePanel1','tUpdatePanel2'], [], [], 90); //]]> </script> <div> <div id="UpdatePanel1"> <span id="InputLabel">qwerty,asdf</span> <br> <span>2010-06-15 18:26:50</span> <br> <input type="submit" id="Button1" value="Refresh" name="Button1"> <br> <a href="javascript:__doPostBack('PopupLB','')" id="PopupLB">Popup</a> <br> </div> </div> <script type="text/javascript"> //<![CDATA[ (function() {var fn = function() {$get('ToolkitScriptManager1_HiddenField').value = '';Sys.Application.remove_init(fn);};Sys.Application.add_init(fn);})();Sys.Application.initialize(); Sys.Application.add_init(function() { $create(AjaxControlToolkit.PopupControlBehavior, {"CommitProperty":"Value","PopupControlID":"Panel1","dynamicServicePath":"/Secure/Test.aspx","id":"PopupControlExtender1"}, null, null, $get("PopupLB")); }); //]]> </script> <div id="Panel1" style="position: absolute; left: 8px; top: 73px; z-index: 1000; display: none; visibility: hidden;"> <div id="UpdatePanel2"> <input type="text" id="InputTB" name="InputTB"> <input type="button" id="SubmitBTN" onclick="javascript:__doPostBack('SubmitBTN','')" value="Submit" name="SubmitBTN"> </div> </div><span style="display: none ! important;"><input type="hidden" name="__EVENTTARGET" id="__EVENTTARGET" value=""></span><span style="display: none ! important;"><input type="hidden" name="__EVENTARGUMENT" id="__EVENTARGUMENT" value=""></span><span style="display: none ! important;"><input type="hidden" name="__VIEWSTATE" id="__VIEWSTATE" value="/wEPDwUJMTkwNzc2NzAzD2QWAgIDD2QWAgIDD2QWAmYPZBYCAgEPDxYCHgRUZXh0BQtxd2VydHksYXNkZmRkZApLPc2nZUC+UkZsCrByuofHMah5"></span><span style="display: none ! important;"><input type="hidden" name="__EVENTVALIDATION" id="__EVENTVALIDATION" value="/wEWBQLi2qWdAwKM54rGBgKIkJujDQKbjp+pDQKc7v+tArliNtJzeG8HrfsGBBXIViJAUGMz"></span><div id="Panel1" style="visibility: hidden; position: absolute; left: 8px; top: 73px; z-index: 1000; display: none;"> <div id="UpdatePanel2"> <input type="text" id="InputTB" value="asdf" name="InputTB"> <input type="button" id="SubmitBTN" onclick="javascript:__doPostBack('SubmitBTN','')" value="Submit" name="SubmitBTN"> </div> </div><div id="Panel1" style="display: none; visibility: hidden; position: absolute;"> <div id="UpdatePanel2"> <input type="text" id="InputTB" value="qwerty,asdf" name="InputTB"> <input type="button" id="SubmitBTN" onclick="javascript:__doPostBack('SubmitBTN','')" value="Submit" name="SubmitBTN"> </div> </div></form> InputTB and Panel1 where generated 3 time.

Read the article

Merging multiple Google calendar feeds into one JSON object in javascript

- by Jeramy

I am trying to bring in the JSON feeds from multiple Google calendars so that I can sort the upcoming events and display the next X number in an "Upcoming Events" list. I have this working with Yahoo! pipes but I want to get away from using a 3rd party to aggregate. I think I am close, but I cannot get the JSON objects created correctly. I am getting the data into the array but not in JSON format, so I can't manipulate it. I have tried var myJsonString = JSON.stringify(JSONData); using https://github.com/douglascrockford/JSON-js but that just threw errors. I suspect because my variable is in the wrong starting format. I have tried just calling the feed like: $.getJSON(url); and creating a function concant1() to do the JSONData=JSONData.concat(data);, but it doesn't fire and I think it would produce the same end result anyway. I have also tried several other methods of getting the end result I want with varying degrees of doom. Here is the closest I have come so far: var JSONData = new Array(); var urllist = ["https://www.google.com/calendar/feeds/dg61asqgqg4pust2l20obgdl64%40group.calendar.google.com/public/full?orderby=starttime&max-results=3&sortorder=ascending&futureevents=true&ctz=America/New_York&singleevents=true&alt=json&callback=concant1","https://www.google.com/calendar/feeds/5oc3kvp7lnu5rd4krg2skcu2ng%40group.calendar.google.com/public/full?orderby=starttime&max-results=3&sortorder=ascending&futureevents=true&ctz=America/New_York&singleevents=true&alt=json&callback=concant1","http://www.google.com/calendar/feeds/rine4umu96kl6t46v4fartnho8%40group.calendar.google.com/public/full?orderby=starttime&max-results=3&sortorder=ascending&futureevents=true&ctz=America/New_York&singleevents=true&alt=json&callback=concant1"]; urllist.forEach(function addFeed(url){ alert("The URL being used: "+ url); if (void 0 != JSONData){JSONData=JSONData.concat($.getJSON(url));} else{JSONData = $.getJSON(url);} alert("The count from concantonated JSONData: "+JSONData.length); }); document.write("The final count from JSONData: "+JSONData.length+"<p>"); console.log(JSONData) UPDATE: Now with full working source!! :) If anyone would like to make suggestions on how to improve the code's efficiency it would be gratefully accepted. I hope others find this useful.: // GCal MFA - Google Calendar Multiple Feed Aggregator // Useage: GCalMFA(CIDs,n); // Where 'CIDs' is a list of comma seperated Google calendar IDs in the format: [email protected], and 'n' is the number of results to display. // While the contained console.log(); outputs are really handy for testing, you will probably waant to remove them for regular usage // Author: Jeramy Kruser - http://jeramy.kruser.me //onerror=function (d, f, g){alert (d+ "\n"+ f+ "\n");} if (!window.console) {console = {log: function() {}};} document.body.className += ' js-enabled'; // Global variables var urllist = []; var maxResults = 3; // The default is 3 results unless a value is sent var JSONData = {}; var eventCount = 0; var errorLog = ""; JSONData = { count: 0, value : { description: "Aggregates multiple Google calendar feeds into a single sorted list", generator: "StackOverflow communal coding - Thanks for the assist Patrick M", website: "http://jeramy.kruser.me", author: "Jeramy & Kasey Kruser", items: [] }}; // For putting dates from feed into a format that can be read by the Date function for calculating event length. function parse (str) { // validate year as 4 digits, month as 01-12, and day as 01-31 str = str.match (/^(\d{4})(0[1-9]|1[0-2])(0[1-9]|[12]\d|3[01])$/); if (str) { // make a date str[0] = new Date ( + str[1], + str[2] - 1, + str[3]); // check if month stayed the same (ie that day number is valid) if (str[0].getMonth () === + str[2] - 1) { return str[0]; } } return undefined; } //For outputting to HTML function output() { var months, day_in_ms, summary, i, item, eventlink, title, calendar, where,dtstart, dtend, endyear, endmonth, endday, startyear, startmonth, startday, endmonthdayyear, eventlinktitle, startmonthday, length, curtextval, k; // Array of month names from numbers for page display. months = {'0':'January', '1':'February', '2':'March', '3':'April', '4':'May', '5':'June', '6':'July', '7':'August', '8':'September', '9':'October', '10':'November', '11':'December'}; // For use in calculating event length. day_in_ms = 24 * 60 * 60 * 1000; // Instantiate HTML Arrays. summary = []; for (i = 0; i < maxResults; i+=1 ) { //console.log("i: "+i+" < "+"maxResults: "+ maxResults); if (!(JSONData.value.items[i] === undefined)) { item = JSONData.value.items[i]; // Grabbing data for each event in the feed. eventlink = item.link[0]; title = item.title.$t; // Only display the calendar title if there is more than one calendar = ""; if (urllist.length > 1) { calendar = '<br />Calendar: <a href="https://www.google.com/calendar/embed?src=' + item.gd$who[0].email + '&ctz=America/New_York">' + item.author[0].name.$t + '<\/a> (<a href="https://www.google.com/calendar/ical/' + item.gd$who[0].email + '/public/basic.ics">iCal<\/a>)'; } // Grabbing event location, if entered. if ( item.gd$where[0].valueString !== "" ) { where = '<br />' + (item.gd$where[0].valueString); } else { where = (""); } // Grabbing start date and putting in form YYYYmmdd. Subtracting one day from dtend to fix Google's habit of ending an all-day event at midnight on the following day. dtstart = new Date(parse(((item.gd$when[0].startTime).substring(0,10)).replace(/-/g,""))); dtend = new Date(parse(((item.gd$when[0].endTime).substring(0,10)).replace(/-/g,"")) - day_in_ms); // Put dates in pretty form for display. endyear = dtend.getFullYear(); endmonth = months[dtend.getMonth()]; endday = dtend.getDate(); startyear = dtstart.getFullYear(); startmonth = months[dtstart.getMonth()]; startday = dtstart.getDate(); //consolidate some much-used variables for HTML output. endmonthdayyear = endmonth + ' ' + endday + ', ' + endyear; eventlinktitle = '<a href="' + eventlink + '">' + title + '<\/a>'; startmonthday = startmonth + ' ' + startday; // Calculates the number of days between each event's start and end dates. length = ((dtend - dtstart) / day_in_ms); // HTML for each event, depending on which div is available on the page (different HTML applies). Only one div can exist on any one page. if (document.getElementById("homeCalendar") !== null ) { // If the length of the event is greater than 0 days, show start and end dates. if ( length > 0 && startmonth !== endmonth && startday === endday ) { summary[i] = ('<h3>' + eventlink + '">' + startmonthday + ', ' + startyear + ' - ' + endmonthdayyear + '<\/a><\/h3><p>' + title + '<\/p>'); } // If the length of the event is greater than 0 and begins and ends within the same month, shorten the date display. else if ( length > 0 && startmonth === endmonth && startyear === endyear ) { summary[i] = ('<h3><a href="' + eventlink + '">' + startmonthday + '-' + endday + ', ' + endyear + '<\/a><\/h3><p>' + title + '<\/p>'); } // If the length of the event is greater than 0 and begins and ends within different months of the same year, shorten the date display. else if ( length > 0 && startmonth !== endmonth && startyear === endyear ) { summary[i] = ('<h3><a href="' + eventlink + '">' + startmonthday + ' - ' + endmonthdayyear + '<\/a><\/h3><p>' + title + '<\/p>'); } // If the length of the event is less than one day (length < = 0), show only the start date. else { summary[i] = ('<h3><a href="' + eventlink + '">' + startmonthday + ', ' + startyear + '<\/a><\/h3><p>' + title + '<\/p>'); } } else if (document.getElementById("allCalendar") !== null ) { // If the length of the event is greater than 0 days, show start and end dates. if ( length > 0 && startmonth !== endmonth && startday === endday ) { summary[i] = ('<li>' + eventlinktitle + '<br />' + startmonthday + ', ' + startyear + ' - ' + endmonthdayyear + where + calendar + '<br /> <\/li>'); } // If the length of the event is greater than 0 and begins and ends within the same month, shorten the date display. else if ( length > 0 && startmonth === endmonth && startyear === endyear ) { summary[i] = ('<li>' + eventlinktitle + '<br />' + startmonthday + '-' + endday + ', ' + endyear + where + calendar + '<br /> <\/li>'); } // If the length of the event is greater than 0 and begins and ends within different months of the same year, shorten the date display. else if ( length > 0 && startmonth !== endmonth && startyear === endyear ) { summary[i] = ('<li>' + eventlinktitle + '<br />' + startmonthday + ' - ' + endmonthdayyear + where + calendar + '<br /> <\/li>'); } // If the length of the event is less than one day (length < = 0), show only the start date. else { summary[i] = ('<li>' + eventlinktitle + '<br />' + startmonthday + ', ' + startyear + where + calendar + '<br /> <\/li>'); } } } if (summary[i] === undefined) { summary[i] = "";} //console.log(summary[i]); } console.log(JSONData); // Puts the HTML into the div with the appropriate id. Each page can have only one. if (document.getElementById("homeCalendar") !== null ) { curtextval = document.getElementById("homeCalendar"); console.log("homeCalendar: "+curtextval); } else if (document.getElementById("oneCalendar") !== null ) { curtextval = document.getElementById("oneCalendar"); console.log("oneCalendar: "+curtextval); } else if (document.getElementById("allCalendar") !== null ) { curtextval = document.getElementById("allCalendar"); console.log("allCalendar: "+curtextval); } if (curtextval.innerHTML.length < 100) { errorLog += '<div id="noEvents">No events found.</div>'; } for (k = 0; k<maxResults; k+=1 ) { curtextval.innerHTML = curtextval.innerHTML + summary[k]; } if (eventCount === 0) { errorLog += '<div id="noEvents">No events found.</div>'; } if (document.getElementById("homeCalendar") === null ) { curtextval.innerHTML = '<ul>' + curtextval.innerHTML + '<\/ul>'; } if (errorLog !== "") { curtextval.innerHTML += errorLog; } } // For taking in each feed, breaking out the events and sorting them into the object by date function sortFeed(event) { var tempEntry, i; tempEntry = event; i = 0; console.log("*** New incoming event object #"+eventCount+" ***"); console.log(event.title.$t); console.log(event); //console.log("i = " + i + " and maxResults " + maxResults); while(i<maxResults) { console.log("i = " + i + " < maxResults " + maxResults); console.log("Sorting event = " + event.title.$t + " by date of " + event.gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"")); if (JSONData.value.items[i]) { console.log("JSONData.value.items[" + i + "] exists and has a startTime of " + JSONData.value.items[i].gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"")); if (event.gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"")<JSONData.value.items[i].gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"")) { console.log("The incoming event value of " + event.gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"") + " is < " + JSONData.value.items[i].gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"")); tempEntry = JSONData.value.items[i]; console.log("Existing JSONData.value.items[" + i + "] value " + JSONData.value.items[i].gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"") + " stored in tempEntry"); JSONData.value.items[i] = event; console.log("Position JSONData.value.items[" + i + "] set to new value: " + event.gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"")); event = tempEntry; console.log("Now sorting event = " + event.title.$t + " by date of " + event.gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"")); } else { console.log("The incoming event value of " + event.gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"") + " is > " + JSONData.value.items[i].gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"") + " moving on..."); } } else { JSONData.value.items[i] = event; console.log("JSONData.value.items[" + i + "] does not exist so it was set to the Incoming value of " + event.gd$when[0].startTime.substring(0,10).replace(/-/g,"")); i = maxResults; } i += 1; } } // For completing the aggregation function complete(result) { var str, j, item; // Track the number of calls completed back, we're not done until all URLs have processed if( complete.count === undefined ){ complete.count = urllist.length; } console.log("complete.count = "+complete.count); console.log(result.feed); if(result.feed.entry){ JSONData.count = maxResults; // Check each incoming item against JSONData.value.items console.log("*** Begin Sorting " + result.feed.entry.length + " Events ***"); //console.log(result.feed.entry); result.feed.entry.forEach( function(event){ eventCount += 1; sortFeed(event); } ); } if( (complete.count-=1)<1 ) { console.log("*** Done Sorting ***"); output(); } } // This is the main function. It takes in the list of Calendar IDs and the number of results to display function GCalMFA(list,results){ var i, calPreProperties, calPostProperties1, calPostProperties2; calPreProperties = "https://www.google.com/calendar/feeds/"; calPostProperties1 = "/public/full?max-results="; calPostProperties2 = "&orderby=starttime&sortorder=ascending&futureevents=true&ctz=America/New_York&singleevents=true&alt=json&callback=?"; if (list) { if (results) { maxResults = results; } urllist = list.split(','); for (i = 0; i < urllist.length; i+=1 ){ if (urllist[i] === 0){ urllist.splice(i,1);} else{ urllist[i] = calPreProperties + urllist[i] + calPostProperties1+maxResults+calPostProperties2;} } console.log("There are " + urllist.length + " URLs"); urllist.forEach(function addFeed(url){ $.getJSON(url, complete); }); } else { errorLog += '<div id="noURLs">No calendars have been selected.</div>'; output(); } }

Read the article

HTML: Nesting DIVs problem

- by mawg

I am coding a form generator. So far, so good, then I decided to give it a real test. I made a form with some nested each holding a few controls. I will post the HTML at the end. If you load it into a browser, it renders, but is obviously wrong. I had previously tested using the W3C validator and things were fine, but that was for non nested. When I validate a form with nested I get errors: Error Line 13, Column 117: document type does not allow element "DIV" here …style="position: absolute; top:88px; left: 256px; width: 145px; height: 21px;"> So, how do I correct that? What do I do with nested FIELDSETs? Here's the complete HTML <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN""http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd"> <html> <head> <title></title> <meta http-equiv="Content-type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8"> </head> <body> <form action="C:\temp\an_elogger_test.php" method="get"><div class="TGroupBox" id="GroupBox1"> <fieldset style="position: absolute; top:24px; left:24px; width: 449px; height: 473px;"> <legend>GroupBox1</legend> <div class="TPanel" id="Panel1"> <fieldset style="position: absolute; top:64px; left:64px; width: 361px; height: 217px;"> <div class="TComboBox" id="ComboBox1" style="position: absolute; top:88px; left: 256px; width: 145px; height: 21px;"> <select name="ComboBox1"> </select> </div> <div class="TGroupBox" id="GroupBox2"> <fieldset style="position: absolute; top:80px; left:88px; width: 145px; height: 177px;"> <legend>GroupBox2</legend> <div class="TCheckBox" id="CheckBox1" style="position: absolute; top:112px; left: 104px; width: 97px; height: 17px;">CheckBox1<input type="checkbox" name="CheckBox1" value="CheckBox1Checked"></div> <div class="TCheckBox" id="CheckBox2" style="position: absolute; top:152px; left: 112px; width: 97px; height: 17px;">CheckBox2<input type="checkbox" name="CheckBox2" value="CheckBox2Checked"checked="checked"></div> </fieldset> </div> <div class="TRadioGroup" id="RadioGroup2"> <fieldset style="position: absolute; top:128px; left: 264px; width: 145px; height: 137px;"><legend>RadioGroup2</legend> eins: <input type="radio" name="RadioGroup2" value="eins" checked><br> zwei: <input type="radio" name="RadioGroup2" value="zwei"><br> drei: <input type="radio" name="RadioGroup2" value="drei"><br> </fieldset> </div> </fieldset> </div> <div class="TMemo" id="Memo1"><textarea name="Memo1" rows="8" cols="13" style="position: absolute; top:320px; left: 88px; width: 185px; height: 89px;"> </textarea> </div> <div class="TComboBox" id="ComboBox2" style="position: absolute; top:328px; left: 296px; width: 145px; height: 21px;"> <select name="ComboBox2"> <option value="a">a</option> <option value="b">b</option> <option value="c">c</option> <option value="d" selected="selected">d</option> <option value="e">e</option> </select> </div> </fieldset> </div> <div class="TPanel" id="Panel2"> <fieldset style="position: absolute; top:32px; left:520px; width: 425px; height: 449px;"> <div class="TPanel" id="Panel3"> <fieldset style="position: absolute; top:64px; left:552px; width: 345px; height: 185px;"> <div class="TMemo" id="Memo2"><textarea name="Memo2" rows="8" cols="13" style="position: absolute; top:88px; left: 584px; width: 185px; height: 89px;"> You may wish to leave this memo emptyOr perpahaps give instructions aboout what should be written here</textarea> </div> <div class="TEdit" id="Edit1" style="position: absolute; top:200px; left: 600px; width: 121px; height: 21px;"><input type="text" name="Edit1"value="Insert text here"></div> </fieldset> </div> <div class="TGroupBox" id="GroupBox3"> <fieldset style="position: absolute; top:272px; left:552px; width: 345px; height: 185px;"> <legend>GroupBox3</legend> <div class="TPanel" id="Panel4"> <fieldset style="position: absolute; top:304px; left:584px; width: 177px; height: 137px;"> <div class="TRadioGroup" id="RadioGroup1"> <fieldset style="position: absolute; top:312px; left: 600px; width: 97px; height: 105px;"><legend>RadioGroup1</legend> one: <input type="radio" name="RadioGroup1" value="one"><br> two: <input type="radio" name="RadioGroup1" value="two" checked><br> three: <input type="radio" name="RadioGroup1" value="three"><br> </fieldset> </div> </fieldset> </div> <div class="TEdit" id="Edit2" style="position: absolute; top:320px; left: 776px; width: 105px; height: 21px;"><input type="text" name="Edit2"></div> </fieldset> </div> </fieldset> </div> <div align="center" style="margin: auto"><input type="submit" name="submitButton" value="Submit" style="position:absolute;top:522px;"></div> </form> </body> </html>

Read the article

Delphi: EInvalidOp in neural network class (TD-lambda)

- by user89818

I have the following draft for a neural network class. This neural network should learn with TD-lambda. It is started by calling the getRating() function. But unfortunately, there is an EInvalidOp (invalid floading point operation) error after about 1000 iterations in the following lines: neuronsHidden[j] := neuronsHidden[j]+neuronsInput[t][i]*weightsInput[i][j]; // input -> hidden weightsHidden[j][k] := weightsHidden[j][k]+LEARNING_RATE_HIDDEN*tdError[k]*eligibilityTraceOutput[j][k]; // adjust hidden->output weights according to TD-lambda Why is this error? I can't find the mistake in my code :( Can you help me? Thank you very much in advance! unit uNeuronalesNetz; interface uses Windows, Messages, SysUtils, Variants, Classes, Graphics, Controls, Forms, Dialogs, ExtCtrls, StdCtrls, Grids, Menus, Math; const NEURONS_INPUT = 43; // number of neurons in the input layer NEURONS_HIDDEN = 60; // number of neurons in the hidden layer NEURONS_OUTPUT = 1; // number of neurons in the output layer NEURONS_TOTAL = NEURONS_INPUT+NEURONS_HIDDEN+NEURONS_OUTPUT; // total number of neurons in the network MAX_TIMESTEPS = 42; // maximum number of timesteps possible (after 42 moves: board is full) LEARNING_RATE_INPUT = 0.25; // in ideal case: decrease gradually in course of training LEARNING_RATE_HIDDEN = 0.15; // in ideal case: decrease gradually in course of training GAMMA = 0.9; LAMBDA = 0.7; // decay parameter for eligibility traces type TFeatureVector = Array[1..43] of SmallInt; // definition of the array type TFeatureVector TArtificialNeuralNetwork = class // definition of the class TArtificialNeuralNetwork private // GENERAL SETTINGS START learningMode: Boolean; // does the network learn and change its weights? // GENERAL SETTINGS END // NETWORK CONFIGURATION START neuronsInput: Array[1..MAX_TIMESTEPS] of Array[1..NEURONS_INPUT] of Extended; // array of all input neurons (their values) for every timestep neuronsHidden: Array[1..NEURONS_HIDDEN] of Extended; // array of all hidden neurons (their values) neuronsOutput: Array[1..NEURONS_OUTPUT] of Extended; // array of output neurons (their values) weightsInput: Array[1..NEURONS_INPUT] of Array[1..NEURONS_HIDDEN] of Extended; // array of weights: input->hidden weightsHidden: Array[1..NEURONS_HIDDEN] of Array[1..NEURONS_OUTPUT] of Extended; // array of weights: hidden->output // NETWORK CONFIGURATION END // LEARNING SETTINGS START outputBefore: Array[1..NEURONS_OUTPUT] of Extended; // the network's output value in the last timestep (the one before) eligibilityTraceHidden: Array[1..NEURONS_INPUT] of Array[1..NEURONS_HIDDEN] of Array[1..NEURONS_OUTPUT] of Extended; // array of eligibility traces: hidden layer eligibilityTraceOutput: Array[1..NEURONS_TOTAL] of Array[1..NEURONS_TOTAL] of Extended; // array of eligibility traces: output layer reward: Array[1..MAX_TIMESTEPS] of Array[1..NEURONS_OUTPUT] of Extended; // the reward value for all output neurons in every timestep tdError: Array[1..NEURONS_OUTPUT] of Extended; // the network's error value for every single output neuron t: Byte; // current timestep cyclesTrained: Integer; // number of cycles trained so far (learning rates could be decreased accordingly) last50errors: Array[1..50] of Extended; // LEARNING SETTINGS END public constructor Create; // create the network object and do the initialization procedure UpdateEligibilityTraces; // update the eligibility traces for the hidden and output layer procedure tdLearning; // learning algorithm: adjust the network's weights procedure ForwardPropagation; // propagate the input values through the network to the output layer function getRating(state: TFeatureVector; explorative: Boolean): Extended; // get the rating for a given state (feature vector) function HyperbolicTangent(x: Extended): Extended; // calculate the hyperbolic tangent [-1;1] procedure StartNewCycle; // start a new cycle with everything set to default except for the weights procedure setLearningMode(activated: Boolean=TRUE); // switch the learning mode on/off procedure setInputs(state: TFeatureVector); // transfer the given feature vector to the input layer (set input neurons' values) procedure setReward(currentReward: SmallInt); // set the reward for the current timestep (with learning then or without) procedure nextTimeStep; // increase timestep t function getCyclesTrained(): Integer; // get the number of cycles trained so far procedure Visualize(imgHidden: Pointer); // visualize the neural network's hidden layer end; implementation procedure TArtificialNeuralNetwork.UpdateEligibilityTraces; var i, j, k: Integer; begin // how worthy is a weight to be adjusted? for j := 1 to NEURONS_HIDDEN do begin for k := 1 to NEURONS_OUTPUT do begin eligibilityTraceOutput[j][k] := LAMBDA*eligibilityTraceOutput[j][k]+(neuronsOutput[k]*(1-neuronsOutput[k]))*neuronsHidden[j]; for i := 1 to NEURONS_INPUT do begin eligibilityTraceHidden[i][j][k] := LAMBDA*eligibilityTraceHidden[i][j][k]+(neuronsOutput[k]*(1-neuronsOutput[k]))*weightsHidden[j][k]*neuronsHidden[j]*(1-neuronsHidden[j])*neuronsInput[t][i]; end; end; end; end; procedure TArtificialNeuralNetwork.setReward; VAR i: Integer; begin for i := 1 to NEURONS_OUTPUT do begin // +1 = player A wins // 0 = draw // -1 = player B wins reward[t][i] := currentReward; end; end; procedure TArtificialNeuralNetwork.tdLearning; var i, j, k: Integer; begin if learningMode then begin for k := 1 to NEURONS_OUTPUT do begin if reward[t][k] = 0 then begin tdError[k] := GAMMA*neuronsOutput[k]-outputBefore[k]; // network's error value when reward is 0 end else begin tdError[k] := reward[t][k]-outputBefore[k]; // network's error value in the final state (reward received) end; for j := 1 to NEURONS_HIDDEN do begin weightsHidden[j][k] := weightsHidden[j][k]+LEARNING_RATE_HIDDEN*tdError[k]*eligibilityTraceOutput[j][k]; // adjust hidden->output weights according to TD-lambda for i := 1 to NEURONS_INPUT do begin weightsInput[i][j] := weightsInput[i][j]+LEARNING_RATE_INPUT*tdError[k]*eligibilityTraceHidden[i][j][k]; // adjust input->hidden weights according to TD-lambda end; end; end; end; end; procedure TArtificialNeuralNetwork.ForwardPropagation; var i, j, k: Integer; begin for j := 1 to NEURONS_HIDDEN do begin neuronsHidden[j] := 0; for i := 1 to NEURONS_INPUT do begin neuronsHidden[j] := neuronsHidden[j]+neuronsInput[t][i]*weightsInput[i][j]; // input -> hidden end; neuronsHidden[j] := HyperbolicTangent(neuronsHidden[j]); // activation of hidden neuron j end; for k := 1 to NEURONS_OUTPUT do begin neuronsOutput[k] := 0; for j := 1 to NEURONS_HIDDEN do begin neuronsOutput[k] := neuronsOutput[k]+neuronsHidden[j]*weightsHidden[j][k]; // hidden -> output end; neuronsOutput[k] := HyperbolicTangent(neuronsOutput[k]); // activation of output neuron k end; end; procedure TArtificialNeuralNetwork.setLearningMode; begin learningMode := activated; end; constructor TArtificialNeuralNetwork.Create; var i, j, k: Integer; begin inherited Create; Randomize; // initialize random numbers generator learningMode := TRUE; cyclesTrained := -2; // only set to -2 because it will be increased twice in the beginning StartNewCycle; for j := 1 to NEURONS_HIDDEN do begin for k := 1 to NEURONS_OUTPUT do begin weightsHidden[j][k] := abs(Random-0.5); // initialize weights: 0 <= random < 0.5 end; for i := 1 to NEURONS_INPUT do begin weightsInput[i][j] := abs(Random-0.5); // initialize weights: 0 <= random < 0.5 end; end; for i := 1 to 50 do begin last50errors[i] := 0; end; end; procedure TArtificialNeuralNetwork.nextTimeStep; begin t := t+1; end; procedure TArtificialNeuralNetwork.StartNewCycle; var i, j, k, m: Integer; begin t := 1; // start in timestep 1 cyclesTrained := cyclesTrained+1; // increase the number of cycles trained so far for j := 1 to NEURONS_HIDDEN do begin neuronsHidden[j] := 0; for k := 1 to NEURONS_OUTPUT do begin eligibilityTraceOutput[j][k] := 0; outputBefore[k] := 0; neuronsOutput[k] := 0; for m := 1 to MAX_TIMESTEPS do begin reward[m][k] := 0; end; end; for i := 1 to NEURONS_INPUT do begin for k := 1 to NEURONS_OUTPUT do begin eligibilityTraceHidden[i][j][k] := 0; end; end; end; end; function TArtificialNeuralNetwork.getCyclesTrained; begin result := cyclesTrained; end; procedure TArtificialNeuralNetwork.setInputs; var k: Integer; begin for k := 1 to NEURONS_INPUT do begin neuronsInput[t][k] := state[k]; end; end; function TArtificialNeuralNetwork.getRating; begin setInputs(state); ForwardPropagation; result := neuronsOutput[1]; if not explorative then begin tdLearning; // adjust the weights according to TD-lambda ForwardPropagation; // calculate the network's output again outputBefore[1] := neuronsOutput[1]; // set outputBefore which will then be used in the next timestep UpdateEligibilityTraces; // update the eligibility traces for the next timestep nextTimeStep; // go to the next timestep end; end; function TArtificialNeuralNetwork.HyperbolicTangent; begin if x > 5500 then // prevent overflow result := 1 else result := (Exp(2*x)-1)/(Exp(2*x)+1); end; end.

Read the article

Using a mounted NTFS share with nginx

- by Hoff

I have set up a local testing VM with Ubuntu Server 12.04 LTS and the LEMP stack. It's kind of an unconventional setup because instead of having all my PHP scripts on the local machine, I've mounted an NTFS share as the document root because I do my development on Windows. I had everything working perfectly up until this morning, now I keep getting a dreaded 'File not found.' error. I am almost certain this must be somehow permission related, because if I copy my site over to /var/www, nginx and php-fpm have no problems serving my PHP scripts. What I can't figure out is why all of a sudden (after a reboot of the server), no PHP files will be served but instead just the 'File not found.' error. Static files work fine, so I think it's PHP that is causing the headache. Both nginx and php-fpm are configured to run as the user www-data: root@ubuntu-server:~# ps aux | grep 'nginx\|php-fpm' root 1095 0.0 0.0 5816 792 ? Ss 11:11 0:00 nginx: master process /opt/nginx/sbin/nginx -c /etc/nginx/nginx.conf www-data 1096 0.0 0.1 6016 1172 ? S 11:11 0:00 nginx: worker process www-data 1098 0.0 0.1 6016 1172 ? S 11:11 0:00 nginx: worker process root 1130 0.0 0.4 175560 4212 ? Ss 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: master process (/etc/php5/php-fpm.conf) www-data 1131 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www www-data 1132 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www www-data 1133 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www root 1686 0.0 0.0 4368 816 pts/1 S+ 11:11 0:00 grep --color=auto nginx\|php-fpm I have mounted the NTFS share at /mnt/webfiles by editing /etc/fstab and adding the following line: //192.168.0.199/c$/Websites/ /mnt/webfiles cifs username=Jordan,password=mypasswordhere,gid=33,uid=33 0 0 Where gid 33 is the www-data group and uid 33 is the user www-data. If I list the contents of one of my sites you can in fact see that they belong to the user www-data: root@ubuntu-server:~# ls -l /mnt/webfiles/nTv5-2.0 total 8 drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 6 19:12 app drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Aug 22 19:00 assets -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 1150 Jan 4 2012 favicon.ico -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 1412 Dec 28 2011 index.php drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 3 16:44 lib drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jan 3 2012 plugins drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 3 16:45 vendors If I switch to the www-data user, I have no problem creating a new file on the share: root@ubuntu-server:~# su www-data $ > /mnt/webfiles/test.txt $ ls -l /mnt/webfiles | grep test\.txt -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Sep 8 11:19 test.txt There should be no problem reading or writing to the share with php-fpm running as the user www-data. When I examine the error log of nginx, it's filled with a bunch of lines that look like the following: 2012/09/08 11:22:36 [error] 1096#0: *1 FastCGI sent in stderr: "Primary script unknown" while reading response header from upstream, client: 192.168.0.199, server: , request: "GET / HTTP/1.1", upstream: "fastcgi://unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock:", host: "192.168.0.123" 2012/09/08 11:22:39 [error] 1096#0: *1 FastCGI sent in stderr: "Primary script unknown" while reading response header from upstream, client: 192.168.0.199, server: , request: "GET /apc.php HTTP/1.1", upstream: "fastcgi://unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock:", host: "192.168.0.123" It's bizarre that this was working previously and now all of sudden PHP is complaining that it can't "find" the scripts on the share. Does anybody know why this is happening? EDIT I tried editing php-fpm.conf and changing chdir to the following: chdir = /mnt/webfiles When I try and restart the php-fpm service, I get the error: Starting php-fpm [08-Sep-2012 14:20:55] ERROR: [pool www] the chdir path '/mnt/webfiles' does not exist or is not a directory This is a total load of bullshit because this directory DOES exist and is mounted! Any ls commands to list that directory work perfectly. Why the hell can't PHP-FPM see this directory?! Here are my configuration files for reference: nginx.conf user www-data; worker_processes 2; error_log /var/log/nginx/nginx.log info; pid /var/run/nginx.pid; events { worker_connections 1024; multi_accept on; } http { include fastcgi.conf; include mime.types; default_type application/octet-stream; set_real_ip_from 127.0.0.1; real_ip_header X-Forwarded-For; ## Proxy proxy_redirect off; proxy_set_header Host $host; proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr; proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for; client_max_body_size 32m; client_body_buffer_size 128k; proxy_connect_timeout 90; proxy_send_timeout 90; proxy_read_timeout 90; proxy_buffers 32 4k; ## Compression gzip on; gzip_types text/plain text/css application/x-javascript text/xml application/xml application/xml+rss text/javascript; gzip_disable "MSIE [1-6]\.(?!.*SV1)"; ### TCP options tcp_nodelay on; tcp_nopush on; keepalive_timeout 65; sendfile on; include /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/*; } my site config server { listen 80; access_log /var/log/nginx/$host.access.log; error_log /var/log/nginx/error.log; root /mnt/webfiles/nTv5-2.0/app/webroot; index index.php; ## Block bad bots if ($http_user_agent ~* (HTTrack|HTMLParser|libcurl|discobot|Exabot|Casper|kmccrew|plaNETWORK|RPT-HTTPClient)) { return 444; } ## Block certain Referers (case insensitive) if ($http_referer ~* (sex|vigra|viagra) ) { return 444; } ## Deny dot files: location ~ /\. { deny all; } ## Favicon Not Found location = /favicon.ico { access_log off; log_not_found off; } ## Robots.txt Not Found location = /robots.txt { access_log off; log_not_found off; } if (-f $document_root/maintenance.html) { rewrite ^(.*)$ /maintenance.html last; } location ~* \.(?:ico|css|js|gif|jpe?g|png)$ { # Some basic cache-control for static files to be sent to the browser expires max; add_header Pragma public; add_header Cache-Control "max-age=2678400, public, must-revalidate"; } location / { try_files $uri $uri/ index.php; if (-f $request_filename) { break; } rewrite ^(.+)$ /index.php?url=$1 last; } location ~ \.php$ { include /etc/nginx/fastcgi.conf; fastcgi_pass unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock; } } php-fpm.conf ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; FPM Configuration ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; All relative paths in this configuration file are relative to PHP's install ; prefix (/opt/php5). This prefix can be dynamicaly changed by using the ; '-p' argument from the command line. ; Include one or more files. If glob(3) exists, it is used to include a bunch of ; files from a glob(3) pattern. This directive can be used everywhere in the ; file. ; Relative path can also be used. They will be prefixed by: ; - the global prefix if it's been set (-p arguement) ; - /opt/php5 otherwise ;include=etc/fpm.d/*.conf ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Global Options ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; [global] ; Pid file ; Note: the default prefix is /opt/php5/var ; Default Value: none pid = /var/run/php-fpm.pid ; Error log file ; Note: the default prefix is /opt/php5/var ; Default Value: log/php-fpm.log error_log = /var/log/php5-fpm/php-fpm.log ; Log level ; Possible Values: alert, error, warning, notice, debug ; Default Value: notice ;log_level = notice ; If this number of child processes exit with SIGSEGV or SIGBUS within the time ; interval set by emergency_restart_interval then FPM will restart. A value ; of '0' means 'Off'. ; Default Value: 0 ;emergency_restart_threshold = 0 ; Interval of time used by emergency_restart_interval to determine when ; a graceful restart will be initiated. This can be useful to work around ; accidental corruptions in an accelerator's shared memory. ; Available Units: s(econds), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Unit: seconds ; Default Value: 0 ;emergency_restart_interval = 0 ; Time limit for child processes to wait for a reaction on signals from master. ; Available units: s(econds), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Unit: seconds ; Default Value: 0 ;process_control_timeout = 0 ; Send FPM to background. Set to 'no' to keep FPM in foreground for debugging. ; Default Value: yes ;daemonize = yes ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Pool Definitions ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Multiple pools of child processes may be started with different listening ; ports and different management options. The name of the pool will be ; used in logs and stats. There is no limitation on the number of pools which ; FPM can handle. Your system will tell you anyway :) ; Start a new pool named 'www'. ; the variable $pool can we used in any directive and will be replaced by the ; pool name ('www' here) [www] ; Per pool prefix ; It only applies on the following directives: ; - 'slowlog' ; - 'listen' (unixsocket) ; - 'chroot' ; - 'chdir' ; - 'php_values' ; - 'php_admin_values' ; When not set, the global prefix (or /opt/php5) applies instead. ; Note: This directive can also be relative to the global prefix. ; Default Value: none ;prefix = /path/to/pools/$pool ; The address on which to accept FastCGI requests. ; Valid syntaxes are: ; 'ip.add.re.ss:port' - to listen on a TCP socket to a specific address on ; a specific port; ; 'port' - to listen on a TCP socket to all addresses on a ; specific port; ; '/path/to/unix/socket' - to listen on a unix socket. ; Note: This value is mandatory. ;listen = 127.0.0.1:9000 listen = /var/run/php5-fpm.sock ; Set listen(2) backlog. A value of '-1' means unlimited. ; Default Value: 128 (-1 on FreeBSD and OpenBSD) ;listen.backlog = -1 ; List of ipv4 addresses of FastCGI clients which are allowed to connect. ; Equivalent to the FCGI_WEB_SERVER_ADDRS environment variable in the original ; PHP FCGI (5.2.2+). Makes sense only with a tcp listening socket. Each address ; must be separated by a comma. If this value is left blank, connections will be ; accepted from any ip address. ; Default Value: any ;listen.allowed_clients = 127.0.0.1 ; Set permissions for unix socket, if one is used. In Linux, read/write ; permissions must be set in order to allow connections from a web server. Many ; BSD-derived systems allow connections regardless of permissions. ; Default Values: user and group are set as the running user ; mode is set to 0666 ;listen.owner = www-data ;listen.group = www-data ;listen.mode = 0666 ; Unix user/group of processes ; Note: The user is mandatory. If the group is not set, the default user's group ; will be used. user = www-data group = www-data ; Choose how the process manager will control the number of child processes. ; Possible Values: ; static - a fixed number (pm.max_children) of child processes; ; dynamic - the number of child processes are set dynamically based on the ; following directives: ; pm.max_children - the maximum number of children that can ; be alive at the same time. ; pm.start_servers - the number of children created on startup. ; pm.min_spare_servers - the minimum number of children in 'idle' ; state (waiting to process). If the number ; of 'idle' processes is less than this ; number then some children will be created. ; pm.max_spare_servers - the maximum number of children in 'idle' ; state (waiting to process). If the number ; of 'idle' processes is greater than this ; number then some children will be killed. ; Note: This value is mandatory. pm = dynamic ; The number of child processes to be created when pm is set to 'static' and the ; maximum number of child processes to be created when pm is set to 'dynamic'. ; This value sets the limit on the number of simultaneous requests that will be ; served. Equivalent to the ApacheMaxClients directive with mpm_prefork. ; Equivalent to the PHP_FCGI_CHILDREN environment variable in the original PHP ; CGI. ; Note: Used when pm is set to either 'static' or 'dynamic' ; Note: This value is mandatory. pm.max_children = 50 ; The number of child processes created on startup. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Default Value: min_spare_servers + (max_spare_servers - min_spare_servers) / 2 pm.start_servers = 20 ; The desired minimum number of idle server processes. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Note: Mandatory when pm is set to 'dynamic' pm.min_spare_servers = 5 ; The desired maximum number of idle server processes. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Note: Mandatory when pm is set to 'dynamic' pm.max_spare_servers = 35 ; The number of requests each child process should execute before respawning. ; This can be useful to work around memory leaks in 3rd party libraries. For ; endless request processing specify '0'. Equivalent to PHP_FCGI_MAX_REQUESTS. ; Default Value: 0 pm.max_requests = 500 ; The URI to view the FPM status page. If this value is not set, no URI will be ; recognized as a status page. By default, the status page shows the following ; information: ; accepted conn - the number of request accepted by the pool; ; pool - the name of the pool; ; process manager - static or dynamic; ; idle processes - the number of idle processes; ; active processes - the number of active processes; ; total processes - the number of idle + active processes. ; max children reached - number of times, the process limit has been reached, ; when pm tries to start more children (works only for ; pm 'dynamic') ; The values of 'idle processes', 'active processes' and 'total processes' are ; updated each second. The value of 'accepted conn' is updated in real time. ; Example output: ; accepted conn: 12073 ; pool: www ; process manager: static ; idle processes: 35 ; active processes: 65 ; total processes: 100 ; max children reached: 1 ; By default the status page output is formatted as text/plain. Passing either ; 'html' or 'json' as a query string will return the corresponding output ; syntax. Example: ; http://www.foo.bar/status ; http://www.foo.bar/status?json ; http://www.foo.bar/status?html ; Note: The value must start with a leading slash (/). The value can be ; anything, but it may not be a good idea to use the .php extension or it ; may conflict with a real PHP file. ; Default Value: not set pm.status_path = /status ; The ping URI to call the monitoring page of FPM. If this value is not set, no ; URI will be recognized as a ping page. This could be used to test from outside ; that FPM is alive and responding, or to ; - create a graph of FPM availability (rrd or such); ; - remove a server from a group if it is not responding (load balancing); ; - trigger alerts for the operating team (24/7). ; Note: The value must start with a leading slash (/). The value can be ; anything, but it may not be a good idea to use the .php extension or it ; may conflict with a real PHP file. ; Default Value: not set ping.path = /ping ; This directive may be used to customize the response of a ping request. The ; response is formatted as text/plain with a 200 response code. ; Default Value: pong ping.response = pong ; The timeout for serving a single request after which the worker process will ; be killed. This option should be used when the 'max_execution_time' ini option ; does not stop script execution for some reason. A value of '0' means 'off'. ; Available units: s(econds)(default), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Value: 0 ;request_terminate_timeout = 0 ; The timeout for serving a single request after which a PHP backtrace will be ; dumped to the 'slowlog' file. A value of '0s' means 'off'. ; Available units: s(econds)(default), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Value: 0 ;request_slowlog_timeout = 0 ; The log file for slow requests ; Default Value: not set ; Note: slowlog is mandatory if request_slowlog_timeout is set ;slowlog = log/$pool.log.slow ; Set open file descriptor rlimit. ; Default Value: system defined value ;rlimit_files = 1024 ; Set max core size rlimit. ; Possible Values: 'unlimited' or an integer greater or equal to 0 ; Default Value: system defined value ;rlimit_core = 0 ; Chroot to this directory at the start. This value must be defined as an ; absolute path. When this value is not set, chroot is not used. ; Note: you can prefix with '$prefix' to chroot to the pool prefix or one ; of its subdirectories. If the pool prefix is not set, the global prefix ; will be used instead. ; Note: chrooting is a great security feature and should be used whenever ; possible. However, all PHP paths will be relative to the chroot ; (error_log, sessions.save_path, ...). ; Default Value: not set ;chroot = ; Chdir to this directory at the start. ; Note: relative path can be used. ; Default Value: current directory or / when chroot ;chdir = /var/www ; Redirect worker stdout and stderr into main error log. If not set, stdout and ; stderr will be redirected to /dev/null according to FastCGI specs. ; Note: on highloaded environement, this can cause some delay in the page ; process time (several ms). ; Default Value: no ;catch_workers_output = yes ; Pass environment variables like LD_LIBRARY_PATH. All $VARIABLEs are taken from ; the current environment. ; Default Value: clean env ;env[HOSTNAME] = $HOSTNAME ;env[PATH] = /usr/local/bin:/usr/bin:/bin ;env[TMP] = /tmp ;env[TMPDIR] = /tmp ;env[TEMP] = /tmp ; Additional php.ini defines, specific to this pool of workers. These settings ; overwrite the values previously defined in the php.ini. The directives are the ; same as the PHP SAPI: ; php_value/php_flag - you can set classic ini defines which can ; be overwritten from PHP call 'ini_set'. ; php_admin_value/php_admin_flag - these directives won't be overwritten by ; PHP call 'ini_set' ; For php_*flag, valid values are on, off, 1, 0, true, false, yes or no. ; Defining 'extension' will load the corresponding shared extension from ; extension_dir. Defining 'disable_functions' or 'disable_classes' will not ; overwrite previously defined php.ini values, but will append the new value ; instead. ; Note: path INI options can be relative and will be expanded with the prefix ; (pool, global or /opt/php5) ; Default Value: nothing is defined by default except the values in php.ini and ; specified at startup with the -d argument ;php_admin_value[sendmail_path] = /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i -f [email protected] ;php_flag[display_errors] = off ;php_admin_value[error_log] = /var/log/fpm-php.www.log ;php_admin_flag[log_errors] = on ;php_admin_value[memory_limit] = 32M php_admin_value[sendmail_path] = /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i

Read the article

Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

- by Mark Virtue

Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it. But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems. However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7). We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments. The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized. When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint. I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers. So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject. But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it. Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all. He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for. And he always finds it. He’s a Search Samurai. For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit. On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available? Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization. But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually. Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want. It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed. Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns). Clever naming of the files will only get you so far. Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file. How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria? Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer. It’s time to upgrade your computer. How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you? Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work. How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers. If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not. Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up. If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not. This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason. Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized. Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1. Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time. And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization. This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you. You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer. i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc. Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”. You may then realize that there are overlaps. For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play. So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file. In other words, who created the files. You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).” This system happens to be the one I use myself. See below: Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization. For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken. It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”. Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder. Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place. Current, active projects live in yet another place. All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle! Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2. When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop. You need to be disciplined – forever! Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs! Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3. Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\). In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”. If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you. And every operating system has a different system! In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents. In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you. “My Documents” is the worst offender. Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder. These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them! In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all. Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it. It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder! Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch! Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one. This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated. The benefits of that are profound. Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:). You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning: From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own. So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own. If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files. The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple. It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything! Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc). In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder: Tip #4. Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip. It almost goes without saying. Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files. Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5. Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need. Don’t be scared to do so. Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so. Examples might include: All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009. That’s only seven levels deep. Ten levels is not uncommon. Of course, it’s possible to take this too far. If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous. On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!). Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6. Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users. These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files. In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser). Those ones you can leave where they are. But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you. Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files. When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution: Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure! If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy. Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location. Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7. Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway: Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2). Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8. Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names. If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9. Use Shortcuts! Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer. A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that? Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical. This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder. It’s a bit like a tree. A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files). Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data. There are others: Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently. The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time. Why is this a problem? Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located. Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to. Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day. You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it. Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure. For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith. It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith. But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place. So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009. The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places. Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that: It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems). Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please. In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk. Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document. Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file. There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data. The original is still intact. All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great? Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time. You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place. They demand to exist in two places. Shortcuts allow this! Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access. The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut! Each of those areas exist for one purpose only: For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose: To make accessing your files more convenient. Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file. Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts? There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy): Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder. When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7). If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10. Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you. Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer). Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time. Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time. This means that the software component files are of little importance. Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important. It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file. If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion. File it in your own folder! In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11. Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized. It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them. Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file. For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials. It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12. Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can. There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember. No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved). There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on. If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers. Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13. Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet. You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list. You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you. It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder. Rightly or wrongly, most people do. It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful: If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there. In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system? Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy. This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key. Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop: the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14. Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”. Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it. This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk. The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects. Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop. This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15. Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized. If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed: You’re not keeping up with your to-do list. Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it. You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing. File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible. If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16. File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately. Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop. That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files. When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders. They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17. Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc). We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files). And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers. Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive? And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article). These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions). You can think of them as “virtual” folders. They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files. If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection. You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files. An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19. Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer. Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu. Some simply put a single program icon. Others create a folder based on the name of the software. And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer. It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over. All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications. A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate. Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc). Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts. One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer. Having two parallel structures can often be redundant: If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant. Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it). To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version. Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected. From there it’s easy. Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts. Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note: When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version. You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20. Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way. Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you. For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget: when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21. Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer. It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\. 99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files. And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder). Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user. Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22. Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view). It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders. It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess. See if you can avoid this. Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them. The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons. You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized. It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop. If so, then enough said. Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above). On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects). Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23. Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get. If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are. An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop. That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24. Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them. If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice. However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them. For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article. In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks. This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time. Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25. Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there). This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance. Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive. If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them. Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box: Tip #26. Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet. Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it. You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27. Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files. Others will contain only sub-folders. And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders. You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder. It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28. Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this. Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos. The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29. Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office? Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time? In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with? If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for? Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure. I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly. For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder. You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30. Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here. This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process. In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”. It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31. Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32. Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist. These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening. Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files). Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient. Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33. Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it. For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s). This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder. The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name). Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them. My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves. _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34. Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important. So are our photos and music files. We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them. But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on. These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth. Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software. Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files! And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc. If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned. Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them. Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder? Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want. If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s). Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate. When faced with programs like these, you have three choices: (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder. All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry). This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts). In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35. Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7): Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36. Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note: These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program. If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry. Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes. Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37. Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for. Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs. But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38. Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP. The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows. Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time. A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39. Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon. Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder. Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in. For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40. Ummmmm…. No, that’s it. I can’t think of another one. That’s all of the tips I can come up with. I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista). The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself. Very minimal. All my files are contained within C:\Files. I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio: Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development: Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour: Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies: Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music: (see below) Setups: Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System: (see below) TV: Downloaded TV shows Writings: Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers: JPEG scans Guitar tabs: Text files of guitar sheet music Lists: e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics: Text files MIDI: Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder): MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video: Video clips Sheet Music: usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others: Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others: Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book: None of your business Playlists: M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing: Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs: Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings: Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized? Please share them with us in the comments. Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

Read the article

These are few objective type questions which i was not able to find the solution [closed]

- by Tarun

1. Which of the following advantages does System.Collections.IDictionaryEnumerator provide over System.Collections.IEnumerator? a. It adds properties for direct access to both the Key and the Value b. It is optimized to handle the structure of a Dictionary. c. It provides properties to determine if the Dictionary is enumerated in Key or Value order d. It provides reverse lookup methods to distinguish a Key from a specific Value 2. When Implementing System.EnterpriseServices.ServicedComponent derived classes, which of the following statements are true? a. Enabling object pooling requires an attribute on the class and the enabling of pooling in the COM+ catalog. b. Methods can be configured to automatically mark a transaction as complete by the use of attributes. c. You can configure authentication using the AuthenticationOption when the ActivationMode is set to Library. d. You can control the lifecycle policy of an individual instance using the SetLifetimeService method. 3. Which of the following are true regarding event declaration in the code below? class Sample { event MyEventHandlerType MyEvent; } a. MyEventHandlerType must be derived from System.EventHandler or System.EventHandler<TEventArgs> b. MyEventHandlerType must take two parameters, the first of the type Object, and the second of a class derived from System.EventArgs c. MyEventHandlerType may have a non-void return type d. If MyEventHandlerType is a generic type, event declaration must use a specialization of that type. e. MyEventHandlerType cannot be declared static 4. Which of the following statements apply to developing .NET code, using .NET utilities that are available with the SDK or Visual Studio? a. Developers can create assemblies directly from the MSIL Source Code. b. Developers can examine PE header information in an assembly. c. Developers can generate XML Schemas from class definitions contained within an assembly. d. Developers can strip all meta-data from managed assemblies. e. Developers can split an assembly into multiple assemblies. 5. Which of the following characteristics do classes in the System.Drawing namespace such as Brush,Font,Pen, and Icon share? a. They encapsulate native resource and must be properly Disposed to prevent potential exhausting of resources. b. They are all MarshalByRef derived classes, but functionality across AppDomains has specific limitations. c. You can inherit from these classes to provide enhanced or customized functionality 6. Which of the following are required to be true by objects which are going to be used as keys in a System.Collections.HashTable? a. They must handle case-sensitivity identically in both the GetHashCode() and Equals() methods. b. Key objects must be immutable for the duration they are used within a HashTable. c. Get HashCode() must be overridden to provide the same result, given the same parameters, regardless of reference equalityl unless the HashTable constructor is provided with an IEqualityComparer parameter. d. Each Element in a HashTable is stored as a Key/Value pair of the type System.Collections.DictionaryElement e. All of the above 7. Which of the following are true about Nullable types? a. A Nullable type is a reference type. b. A Nullable type is a structure. c. An implicit conversion exists from any non-nullable value type to a nullable form of that type. d. An implicit conversion exists from any nullable value type to a non-nullable form of that type. e. A predefined conversion from the nullable type S? to the nullable type T? exists if there is a predefined conversion from the non-nullable type S to the non-nullable type T 8. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is a private instance member with a leading underscore that can be programmatically referenced. c. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection d. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 9. Which of the following does using Initializer Syntax with a collection as shown below require? CollectionClass numbers = new CollectionClass { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 }; a. The Collection Class must implement System.Collections.Generic.ICollection<T> b. The Collection Class must implement System.Collections.Generic.IList<T> c. Each of the Items in the Initializer List will be passed to the Add<T>(T item) method d. The items in the initializer will be treated as an IEnumerable<T> and passed to the collection constructor+K110 10. What impact will using implicitly typed local variables as in the following example have? var sample = "Hello World"; a. The actual type is determined at compilation time, and has no impact on the runtime b. The actual type is determined at runtime, and late binding takes effect c. The actual type is based on the native VARIANT concept, and no binding to a specific type takes place. d. "var" itself is a specific type defined by the framework, and no special binding takes place 11. Which of the following is not supported by remoting object types? a. well-known singleton b. well-known single call c. client activated d. context-agile 12. In which of the following ways do structs differ from classes? a. Structs can not implement interfaces b. Structs cannot inherit from a base struct c. Structs cannot have events interfaces d. Structs cannot have virtual methods 13. Which of the following is not an unboxing conversion? a. void Sample1(object o) { int i = (int)o; } b. void Sample1(ValueType vt) { int i = (int)vt; } c. enum E { Hello, World} void Sample1(System.Enum et) { E e = (E) et; } d. interface I { int Value { get; set; } } void Sample1(I vt) { int i = vt.Value; } e. class C { public int Value { get; set; } } void Sample1(C vt) { int i = vt.Value; } 14. Which of the following are characteristics of the System.Threading.Timer class? a. The method provided by the TimerCallback delegate will always be invoked on the thread which created the timer. b. The thread which creates the timer must have a message processing loop (i.e. be considered a UI thread) c. The class contains protection to prevent reentrancy to the method provided by the TimerCallback delegate d. You can receive notification of an instance being Disposed by calling an overload of the Dispose method. 15. What is the proper declaration of a method which will handle the following event? Class MyClass { public event EventHandler MyEvent; } a. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, MyArgs e) { } b. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, EventArgs e) { } c. public void A_MyEvent(MyArgs e) { } d. public void A_MyEvent(MyClass sender,EventArgs e) { } 16. Which of the following scenarios are applicable to Window Workflow Foundation? a. Document-centric workflows b. Human workflows c. User-interface page flows d. Builtin support for communications across multiple applications and/or platforms e. All of the above 17. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is a private instance member with a leading underscore that can be programmatically referenced. c. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection d. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 18 While using the capabilities supplied by the System.Messaging classes, which of the following are true? a. Information must be explicitly converted to/from a byte stream before it uses the MessageQueue class b. Invoking the MessageQueue.Send member defaults to using the System.Messaging.XmlMessageFormatter to serialize the object. c. Objects must be XMLSerializable in order to be transferred over a MessageQueue instance. d. The first entry in a MessageQueue must be removed from the queue before the next entry can be accessed e. Entries removed from a MessageQueue within the scope of a transaction, will be pushed back into the front of the queue if the transaction fails. 19. Which of the following are true about declarative attributes? a. They must be inherited from the System.Attribute. b. Attributes are instantiated at the same time as instances of the class to which they are applied. c. Attribute classes may be restricted to be applied only to application element types. d. By default, a given attribute may be applied multiple times to the same application element. 20. When using version 3.5 of the framework in applications which emit a dynamic code, which of the following are true? a. A Partial trust code can not emit and execute a code b. A Partial trust application must have the SecurityCriticalAttribute attribute have called Assert ReflectionEmit permission c. The generated code no more permissions than the assembly which emitted it. d. It can be executed by calling System.Reflection.Emit.DynamicMethod( string name, Type returnType, Type[] parameterTypes ) without any special permissions Within Windows Workflow Foundation, Compensating Actions are used for: a. provide a means to rollback a failed transaction b. provide a means to undo a successfully committed transaction later c. provide a means to terminate an in process transaction d. achieve load balancing by adapting to the current activity 21. What is the proper declaration of a method which will handle the following event? Class MyClass { public event EventHandler MyEvent; } a. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, MyArgs e) { } b. public void A_MyEvent(object sender, EventArgs e) { } c. public void A_MyEvent(MyArgs e) { } d. public void A_MyEvent(MyClass sender,EventArgs e) { } 22. Which of the following controls allows the use of XSL to transform XML content into formatted content? a. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Xml b. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Xslt c. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Substitution d. System.Web.UI.WebControls.Transform 23. To which of the following do automatic properties refer? a. You declare (explicitly or implicitly) the accessibility of the property and get and set accessors, but do not provide any implementation or backing field b. You attribute a member field so that the compiler will generate get and set accessors c. The compiler creates properties for your class based on class level attributes d. They are properties which are automatically invoked as part of the object construction process 24. Which of the following are true about Nullable types? a. A Nullable type is a reference type. b. An implicit conversion exists from any non-nullable value type to a nullable form of that type. c. A predefined conversion from the nullable type S? to the nullable type T? exists if there is a predefined conversion from the non-nullable type S to the non-nullable type T 25. When using an automatic property, which of the following statements is true? a. The compiler generates a backing field that is completely inaccessible from the application code. b. The compiler generates a backing field that is accessible via reflection. c. The compiler generates a code that will store the information separately from the instance to ensure its security. 26. When using an implicitly typed array, which of the following is most appropriate? a. All elements in the initializer list must be of the same type. b. All elements in the initializer list must be implicitly convertible to a known type which is the actual type of at least one member in the initializer list c. All elements in the initializer list must be implicitly convertible to common type which is a base type of the items actually in the list 27. Which of the following is false about anonymous types? a. They can be derived from any reference type. b. Two anonymous types with the same named parameters in the same order declared in different classes have the same type. c. All properties of an anonymous type are read/write. 28. Which of the following are true about Extension methods. a. They can be declared either static or instance members b. They must be declared in the same assembly (but may be in different source files) c. Extension methods can be used to override existing instance methods d. Extension methods with the same signature for the same class may be declared in multiple namespaces without causing compilation errors

Read the article

Fitting an Image to Screen on Rotation iPhone / iPad ?

- by user356937

I have been playing around with one of the iPhone examples from Apple' web site (ScrollViewSuite) . I am trying to tweak it a bit so that when I rotate the the iPad the image will fit into the screen in landscape mode vertical. I have been successful in getting the image to rotate, but the image is larger than the height of the landscape screen, so the bottom is below the screen. I would like to image to scale to the height of the landscape screen. I have been playing around with various autoSizingMask attributes without success. The imageView is called "zoomView" this is the actual image which loads into a scrollView called imageScrollView. I am trying to achieve the screen to rotate and look like this.... olsonvox.com/photos/correct.png However, this is what My screen is looking like. olsonvox.com/photos/incorrect.png I would really appreciate some advice or guidance. Below is the RootViewController.m for the project. Blade # import "RootViewController.h" #define ZOOM_VIEW_TAG 100 #define ZOOM_STEP 1.5 #define THUMB_HEIGHT 150 #define THUMB_V_PADDING 25 #define THUMB_H_PADDING 25 #define CREDIT_LABEL_HEIGHT 25 #define AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD 30 @interface RootViewController (ViewHandlingMethods) - (void)toggleThumbView; - (void)pickImageNamed:(NSString *)name; - (NSArray *)imageNames; - (void)createThumbScrollViewIfNecessary; - (void)createSlideUpViewIfNecessary; @end @interface RootViewController (AutoscrollingMethods) - (void)maybeAutoscrollForThumb:(ThumbImageView *)thumb; - (void)autoscrollTimerFired:(NSTimer *)timer; - (void)legalizeAutoscrollDistance; - (float)autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:(float)proximity; @end @interface RootViewController (UtilityMethods) - (CGRect)zoomRectForScale:(float)scale withCenter:(CGPoint)center; @end @implementation RootViewController - (void)loadView { [super loadView]; imageScrollView = [[UIScrollView alloc] initWithFrame:[[self view]bounds]]; // this code makes the image resize to the width and height properly. imageScrollView.autoresizingMask = UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleHeight | UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleLeftMargin | UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleRightMargin| UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleBottomMargin| UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleBottomMargin; // TRY SETTNG CENTER HERE SOMEHOW>.... [imageScrollView setBackgroundColor:[UIColor blackColor]]; [imageScrollView setDelegate:self]; [imageScrollView setBouncesZoom:YES]; [[self view] addSubview:imageScrollView]; [self toggleThumbView]; // intitializes with the first image. [self pickImageNamed:@"lookbook1"]; } - (void)dealloc { [imageScrollView release]; [slideUpView release]; [thumbScrollView release]; [super dealloc]; } #pragma mark UIScrollViewDelegate methods - (UIView *)viewForZoomingInScrollView:(UIScrollView *)scrollView { UIView *view = nil; if (scrollView == imageScrollView) { view = [imageScrollView viewWithTag:ZOOM_VIEW_TAG]; } return view; } /************************************** NOTE **************************************/ /* The following delegate method works around a known bug in zoomToRect:animated: */ /* In the next release after 3.0 this workaround will no longer be necessary */ /**********************************************************************************/ - (void)scrollViewDidEndZooming:(UIScrollView *)scrollView withView:(UIView *)view atScale:(float)scale { [scrollView setZoomScale:scale+0.01 animated:NO]; [scrollView setZoomScale:scale animated:NO]; } #pragma mark TapDetectingImageViewDelegate methods - (void)tapDetectingImageView:(TapDetectingImageView *)view gotSingleTapAtPoint:(CGPoint)tapPoint { // Single tap shows or hides drawer of thumbnails. [self toggleThumbView]; } - (void)tapDetectingImageView:(TapDetectingImageView *)view gotDoubleTapAtPoint:(CGPoint)tapPoint { // double tap zooms in float newScale = [imageScrollView zoomScale] * ZOOM_STEP; CGRect zoomRect = [self zoomRectForScale:newScale withCenter:tapPoint]; [imageScrollView zoomToRect:zoomRect animated:YES]; } - (void)tapDetectingImageView:(TapDetectingImageView *)view gotTwoFingerTapAtPoint:(CGPoint)tapPoint { // two-finger tap zooms out float newScale = [imageScrollView zoomScale] / ZOOM_STEP; CGRect zoomRect = [self zoomRectForScale:newScale withCenter:tapPoint]; [imageScrollView zoomToRect:zoomRect animated:YES]; } #pragma mark ThumbImageViewDelegate methods - (void)thumbImageViewWasTapped:(ThumbImageView *)tiv { [self pickImageNamed:[tiv imageName]]; [self toggleThumbView]; } - (void)thumbImageViewStartedTracking:(ThumbImageView *)tiv { [thumbScrollView bringSubviewToFront:tiv]; } // CONTROLS DRAGGING AND DROPPING THUMBNAILS... - (void)thumbImageViewMoved:(ThumbImageView *)draggingThumb { // check if we've moved close enough to an edge to autoscroll, or far enough away to stop autoscrolling [self maybeAutoscrollForThumb:draggingThumb]; /* The rest of this method handles the reordering of thumbnails in the thumbScrollView. See */ /* ThumbImageView.h and ThumbImageView.m for more information about how this works. */ // we'll reorder only if the thumb is overlapping the scroll view if (CGRectIntersectsRect([draggingThumb frame], [thumbScrollView bounds])) { BOOL draggingRight = [draggingThumb frame].origin.x > [draggingThumb home].origin.x ? YES : NO; /* we're going to shift over all the thumbs who live between the home of the moving thumb */ /* and the current touch location. A thumb counts as living in this area if the midpoint */ /* of its home is contained in the area. */ NSMutableArray *thumbsToShift = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init]; // get the touch location in the coordinate system of the scroll view CGPoint touchLocation = [draggingThumb convertPoint:[draggingThumb touchLocation] toView:thumbScrollView]; // calculate minimum and maximum boundaries of the affected area float minX = draggingRight ? CGRectGetMaxX([draggingThumb home]) : touchLocation.x; float maxX = draggingRight ? touchLocation.x : CGRectGetMinX([draggingThumb home]); // iterate through thumbnails and see which ones need to move over for (ThumbImageView *thumb in [thumbScrollView subviews]) { // skip the thumb being dragged if (thumb == draggingThumb) continue; // skip non-thumb subviews of the scroll view (such as the scroll indicators) if (! [thumb isMemberOfClass:[ThumbImageView class]]) continue; float thumbMidpoint = CGRectGetMidX([thumb home]); if (thumbMidpoint >= minX && thumbMidpoint <= maxX) { [thumbsToShift addObject:thumb]; } } // shift over the other thumbs to make room for the dragging thumb. (if we're dragging right, they shift to the left) float otherThumbShift = ([draggingThumb home].size.width + THUMB_H_PADDING) * (draggingRight ? -1 : 1); // as we shift over the other thumbs, we'll calculate how much the dragging thumb's home is going to move float draggingThumbShift = 0.0; // send each of the shifting thumbs to its new home for (ThumbImageView *otherThumb in thumbsToShift) { CGRect home = [otherThumb home]; home.origin.x += otherThumbShift; [otherThumb setHome:home]; [otherThumb goHome]; draggingThumbShift += ([otherThumb frame].size.width + THUMB_H_PADDING) * (draggingRight ? 1 : -1); } // change the home of the dragging thumb, but don't send it there because it's still being dragged CGRect home = [draggingThumb home]; home.origin.x += draggingThumbShift; [draggingThumb setHome:home]; } } - (void)thumbImageViewStoppedTracking:(ThumbImageView *)tiv { // if the user lets go of the thumb image view, stop autoscrolling [autoscrollTimer invalidate]; autoscrollTimer = nil; } #pragma mark Autoscrolling methods - (void)maybeAutoscrollForThumb:(ThumbImageView *)thumb { autoscrollDistance = 0; // only autoscroll if the thumb is overlapping the thumbScrollView if (CGRectIntersectsRect([thumb frame], [thumbScrollView bounds])) { CGPoint touchLocation = [thumb convertPoint:[thumb touchLocation] toView:thumbScrollView]; float distanceFromLeftEdge = touchLocation.x - CGRectGetMinX([thumbScrollView bounds]); float distanceFromRightEdge = CGRectGetMaxX([thumbScrollView bounds]) - touchLocation.x; if (distanceFromLeftEdge < AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD) { autoscrollDistance = [self autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:distanceFromLeftEdge] * -1; // if scrolling left, distance is negative } else if (distanceFromRightEdge < AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD) { autoscrollDistance = [self autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:distanceFromRightEdge]; } } // if no autoscrolling, stop and clear timer if (autoscrollDistance == 0) { [autoscrollTimer invalidate]; autoscrollTimer = nil; } // otherwise create and start timer (if we don't already have a timer going) else if (autoscrollTimer == nil) { autoscrollTimer = [NSTimer scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:(1.0 / 60.0) target:self selector:@selector(autoscrollTimerFired:) userInfo:thumb repeats:YES]; } } - (float)autoscrollDistanceForProximityToEdge:(float)proximity { // the scroll distance grows as the proximity to the edge decreases, so that moving the thumb // further over results in faster scrolling. return ceilf((AUTOSCROLL_THRESHOLD - proximity) / 5.0); } - (void)legalizeAutoscrollDistance { // makes sure the autoscroll distance won't result in scrolling past the content of the scroll view float minimumLegalDistance = [thumbScrollView contentOffset].x * -1; float maximumLegalDistance = [thumbScrollView contentSize].width - ([thumbScrollView frame].size.width + [thumbScrollView contentOffset].x); autoscrollDistance = MAX(autoscrollDistance, minimumLegalDistance); autoscrollDistance = MIN(autoscrollDistance, maximumLegalDistance); } - (void)autoscrollTimerFired:(NSTimer*)timer { [self legalizeAutoscrollDistance]; // autoscroll by changing content offset CGPoint contentOffset = [thumbScrollView contentOffset]; contentOffset.x += autoscrollDistance; [thumbScrollView setContentOffset:contentOffset]; // adjust thumb position so it appears to stay still ThumbImageView *thumb = (ThumbImageView *)[timer userInfo]; [thumb moveByOffset:CGPointMake(autoscrollDistance, 0)]; } #pragma mark View handling methods - (void)toggleThumbView { [self createSlideUpViewIfNecessary]; // no-op if slideUpView has already been created CGRect frame = [slideUpView frame]; if (thumbViewShowing) { frame.origin.y = 0; } else { frame.origin.y = -225; } [UIView beginAnimations:nil context:nil]; [UIView setAnimationDuration:0.3]; [slideUpView setFrame:frame]; [UIView commitAnimations]; thumbViewShowing = !thumbViewShowing; } - (void)pickImageNamed:(NSString *)name { // first remove previous image view, if any [[imageScrollView viewWithTag:ZOOM_VIEW_TAG] removeFromSuperview]; UIImage *image = [UIImage imageNamed:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.jpg", name]]; TapDetectingImageView *zoomView = [[TapDetectingImageView alloc] initWithImage:image]; zoomView.autoresizingMask = UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleWidth ; [zoomView setDelegate:self]; [zoomView setTag:ZOOM_VIEW_TAG]; [imageScrollView addSubview:zoomView]; [imageScrollView setContentSize:[zoomView frame].size]; [zoomView release]; // choose minimum scale so image width fits screen float minScale = [imageScrollView frame].size.width / [zoomView frame].size.width; [imageScrollView setMinimumZoomScale:minScale]; [imageScrollView setZoomScale:minScale]; [imageScrollView setContentOffset:CGPointZero]; } - (NSArray *)imageNames { // the filenames are stored in a plist in the app bundle, so create array by reading this plist NSString *path = [[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForResource:@"Images" ofType:@"plist"]; NSData *plistData = [NSData dataWithContentsOfFile:path]; NSString *error; NSPropertyListFormat format; NSArray *imageNames = [NSPropertyListSerialization propertyListFromData:plistData mutabilityOption:NSPropertyListImmutable format:&format errorDescription:&error]; if (!imageNames) { NSLog(@"Failed to read image names. Error: %@", error); [error release]; } return imageNames; } - (void)createSlideUpViewIfNecessary { if (!slideUpView) { [self createThumbScrollViewIfNecessary]; CGRect bounds = [[self view] bounds]; float thumbHeight = [thumbScrollView frame].size.height; float labelHeight = CREDIT_LABEL_HEIGHT; // create label giving credit for images UILabel *creditLabel = [[UILabel alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, thumbHeight, bounds.size.width, labelHeight)]; [creditLabel setBackgroundColor:[UIColor clearColor]]; [creditLabel setTextColor:[UIColor whiteColor]]; // [creditLabel setFont:[UIFont fontWithName:@"Helvetica" size:16]]; // [creditLabel setText:@"SAMPLE TEXT"]; [creditLabel setTextAlignment:UITextAlignmentCenter]; // create container view that will hold scroll view and label CGRect frame = CGRectMake(0.0, -225.00, bounds.size.width+256, thumbHeight + labelHeight); slideUpView.autoresizingMask = UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleWidth | UIViewAutoresizingFlexibleTopMargin; slideUpView = [[UIView alloc] initWithFrame:frame]; [slideUpView setBackgroundColor:[UIColor blackColor]]; [slideUpView setOpaque:NO]; [slideUpView setAlpha:.75]; [[self view] addSubview:slideUpView]; // add subviews to container view [slideUpView addSubview:thumbScrollView]; [slideUpView addSubview:creditLabel]; [creditLabel release]; } } - (void)createThumbScrollViewIfNecessary { if (!thumbScrollView) { float scrollViewHeight = THUMB_HEIGHT + THUMB_V_PADDING; float scrollViewWidth = [[self view] bounds].size.width; thumbScrollView = [[UIScrollView alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectMake(0, 0, scrollViewWidth, scrollViewHeight)]; [thumbScrollView setCanCancelContentTouches:NO]; [thumbScrollView setClipsToBounds:NO]; // now place all the thumb views as subviews of the scroll view // and in the course of doing so calculate the content width float xPosition = THUMB_H_PADDING; for (NSString *name in [self imageNames]) { UIImage *thumbImage = [UIImage imageNamed:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@_thumb.jpg", name]]; if (thumbImage) { ThumbImageView *thumbView = [[ThumbImageView alloc] initWithImage:thumbImage]; [thumbView setDelegate:self]; [thumbView setImageName:name]; CGRect frame = [thumbView frame]; frame.origin.y = THUMB_V_PADDING; frame.origin.x = xPosition; [thumbView setFrame:frame]; [thumbView setHome:frame]; [thumbScrollView addSubview:thumbView]; [thumbView release]; xPosition += (frame.size.width + THUMB_H_PADDING); } } [thumbScrollView setContentSize:CGSizeMake(xPosition, scrollViewHeight)]; } } #pragma mark Utility methods - (CGRect)zoomRectForScale:(float)scale withCenter:(CGPoint)center { CGRect zoomRect; // the zoom rect is in the content view's coordinates. // At a zoom scale of 1.0, it would be the size of the imageScrollView's bounds. // As the zoom scale decreases, so more content is visible, the size of the rect grows. zoomRect.size.height = [imageScrollView frame].size.height / scale; zoomRect.size.width = [imageScrollView frame].size.width / scale; // choose an origin so as to get the right center. zoomRect.origin.x = center.x - (zoomRect.size.width / 2.0); zoomRect.origin.y = center.y - (zoomRect.size.height / 2.0); return zoomRect; } #pragma mark - #pragma mark Rotation support // Ensure that the view controller supports rotation and that the split view can therefore show in both portrait and landscape. - (BOOL)shouldAutorotateToInterfaceOrientation:(UIInterfaceOrientation)interfaceOrientation { return YES; } @end

Read the article

adresse book with C programming, i have problem with library i think, couldn't complite my code

- by osabri

I've divided my code in small programm so it can be easy to excute /* ab_error.c : in case of errors following messages will be displayed */ #include "adressbook.h" static char *errormsg[] = { "", "\nNot enough space on disk", "\nCannot open file", "\nCannot read file", "\nCannot write file" }; void check(int error) { switch(error) { case 0: return; case 1: write_file(); case 2: case 3: case 4: system("cls"); fputs(errormsg[error], stderr); exit(error); } } 2nd /* ab_fileio.c : functions for file input/output */ include "adressbook.h" static char ab_file[] = "ADRESSBOOK.DAT"; //file to save the entries int read_file(void) { int error = 0; FILE *fp; ELEMENT *new_e, *last_e = NULL; DATA buffer; if( (fp = fopen(ab_file, "rb")) == NULL) return -1; //no file found while (fread(&buffer, sizeof(DATA), 1, fp) == 1) //reads one list element after another { if( (new_e = make_element()) == NULL) { error = 1; break; //not enough space } new_e->person = buffer; //copy data to new element new_e->next = NULL; if(hol.first == NULL) //list is empty? hol.first = new_e; //yes else last_e->next = new_e; //no last_e = new_e; ++hol.amount; } if( !error && !feof(fp) ) error = 3; //cannot read file fclose(fp); return error; } /-------------------------------/ int write_file(void) { int error = 0; FILE *fp; ELEMENT *p; if( (p = hol.first) == NULL) return 0; //list is empty if( (fp = fopen(ab_file, "wb")) == NULL) return 2; //cannot open while( p!= NULL) { if( fwrite(&p->person, sizeof(DATA), 1, fp) < 1) { error = 4; break; //cannot write } p = p->next; } fclose(fp); return error; } 3rd /* ab_list.c : functions to manipulate the list */ #include "adressbook.h" HOL hol = {0, NULL}; //global definition for head of list /* -------------------- */ ELEMENT *make_element(void) { return (ELEMENT *)malloc( sizeof(ELEMENT) ); } /* -------------------- */ int ins_element( DATA *newdata) { ELEMENT *new_e, *pre_p; if((new_e = make_element()) == NULL) return 1; new_e ->person = *newdata; // copy data to new element pre_p = search(new_e->person.family_name); if(pre_p == NULL) //no person in list { new_e->next = hol.first; //put it to the begin hol.first = new_e; } else { new_e->next = pre_p->next; pre_p->next = new_e; } ++hol.amount; return 0; } int erase_element( char name, char surname ) { return 0; } /* ---------------------*/ ELEMENT *search(char *name) { ELEMENT *sp, *retp; //searchpointer, returnpointer retp = NULL; sp = hol.first; while(sp != NULL && sp->person.family_name != name) { retp = sp; sp = sp->next; } return(retp); } 4th /* ab_screen.c : functions for printing information on screen */ #include "adressbook.h" #include <conio.h> #include <ctype.h> /* standard prompts for in- and output */ static char pgmname[] = "---- Oussama's Adressbook made in splendid C ----"; static char options[] = "\ 1: Enter new adress\n\n\ 2: Delete entry\n\n\ 3: Change entry\n\n\ 4: Print adress\n\n\ Esc: Exit\n\n\n\ Your choice . . .: "; static char prompt[] = "\ Name . . . .:\n\ Surname . . :\n\n\ Street . . .:\n\n\ House number:\n\n\ Postal code :\n\n\ Phone number:"; static char buttons[] = "\ <Esc> = cancel input <Backspace> = correct input\ <Return> = assume"; static char headline[] = "\ Name Surname Street House Postal code Phone number \n\ ------------------------------------------------------------------------"; static char further[] = "\ -------- continue with any key --------"; /* ---------------------------------- */ int menu(void) //show menu and read user input { int c; system ("cls"); set_cur(0,20); puts(pgmname); set_cur(6,0); printf("%s", options); while( (c = getch()) != ESC && (c < '1' || c > '4')) putch('\a'); return c; } /* ---------------------------------- */ int print_adr_book(void) //display adressbook { int line = 1; ELEMENT *p = hol.first; system("cls"); set_cur(0,20); puts(pgmname); set_cur(2,0); puts(headline); set_cur(5,0); while(p != NULL) //run through list and show entries { printf("%5d %-15s ",line, p->person.family_name); printf("%-12s %-15s ", p->person.given_name, p->person.street); printf("%-4d %-5d %-12d\n",p->person.house_number, p->person.postal_code, p->person.phone); p = p->next; if( p == NULL || ++line %16 == 1) //end of list or screen is full { set_cur(24,0); printf("%s",further); if( getch() == ESC) return 0; set_cur(5,0); scroll_up(0,5,24);//puts(headline); } } return 0; } /* -------------------------------------------*/ int make_entry(void) { char cache[50]; DATA newperson; ELEMENT *p; while(1) { system("cls"); set_cur(0,20); puts(pgmname); set_cur(6,0); puts("Please enter new data:"); set_cur(10,0); puts(prompt); set_cur(24,0); printf("%s",buttons); balken(10, 25, MAXL, ' ',0x70); //input name if(input(newperson.family_name, MAXL, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; balken(12,25, MAXL, ' ', 0x70); //surname if(input(newperson.given_name, MAXL, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; balken(14,25, 30, ' ', 0x70); //street if(input(newperson.street, 30, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; balken(16,25, 4, ' ',0x70); //housenumber if(input(cache, 4, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; newperson.house_number = atol(cache); //to string balken(18,25, 5, ' ',0x70); //postal code if(input(cache, 5, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; newperson.postal_code = atol(cache); //to string balken(20,25, 20, ' ',0x70); //phone number if(input(cache, 20, ESC, CR) == ESC) return 0; newperson.phone = atol(cache); //to string p = search(newperson.phone); if( p!= NULL && p->person.phone == newperson.phone) { set_cur(22,25); puts("phonenumber already exists!"); set_cur(24,0); printf("%s, further"); getch(); continue; } } } 5th /* adress_book_project.c : main program to create an adressbook */ /* copyrights by Oussama Sabri, June 2010 */ #include "adressbook.h" //project header file int main() { int rv, cmd; //return value, user command if ( (rv = read_file() ) == -1) // no data saved yet rv = make_entry(); check(rv); //prompts an error and quits program on disfunction do { switch (cmd = menu())//calls menu and gets user input back { case '1': rv = make_entry(); break; case '2': //delete entry case '3': //changes entry rv = change_entry(cmd); break; case '4': //prints adressbook on screen rv = print_adr_book(); break; case ESC: //end of program system ("cls"); rv = 0; break; } }while(cmd!= ESC); check ( write_file() ); //save adressbook return 0; } 6th /* Getcb.c --> Die Funktion getcb() liefert die naechste * * Tastatureingabe (ruft den BIOS-INT 0x16 auf). * * Return-Wert: * * ASCII-Code bzw. erweiterter Code + 256 */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> int getcb(void) { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 0; // Subfunktion 0: ein Zeichen // von der Tastatur lesen. int86( 0x16, &intregs, &intregs); if( intregs.h.al != 0) // Falls ASCII-Zeichen, return (intregs.h.al); // dieses zurueckgeben. else // Sonst den erweiterten return (intregs.h.ah + 0x100); // Code + 256 } 7th /* PUTCB.C --> enthaelt die Funktionen * * - putcb() * * - putcb9() * * - balken() * * - input() * * * * Es werden die Funktionen 9 und 14 des Video-Interrupts * * (ROM-BIOS-Interrupt 0x10) verwendet. * * * * Die Prototypen dieser Funktionen stehen in BIO.H */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> #define VIDEO_INT 0x10 /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * putcb(c) gibt das Zeichen auf der aktuellen Cursor-Position * am Bildschirm aus. Der Cursor wird versetzt. * Steuerzeichen Back-Space, CR, LF und BELL werden * ausgefuehrt. * Return-Wert: keiner */ void putcb(unsigned char c) /* Gibt das Zeichen in c auf */ { /* den Bildschirm aus. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 14; /* Subfunktion 14 ("Teletype") */ intregs.h.al = c; intregs.h.bl = 0xf; /* Vordergrund-Farbe im */ /* Grafik-Modus. */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * putcb9(c,count,mode) gibt das Zeichen in c count-mal im * angegebenen Modus auf der aktuellen * Cursor-Position am Bildschirm aus. * Der Cursor wird nicht versetzt. * * Return-Wert: keiner */ void putcb9( unsigned char c, /* das Zeichen */ unsigned count, /* die Anzahl */ unsigned mode ) /* Low-Byte: das Atrribut */ { /* High-Byte: die Bildschirmseite*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 9; /* Subfunktion 9 des Int 0x10 */ intregs.h.al = c; intregs.x.bx = mode; intregs.x.cx = count; int86( VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * balken() positioniert den Cursor und zeichnet einen Balken, * wobei Position, L„nge, Fllzeichen und Attribut * als Argumente bergeben werden. * Der Cursor bleibt auf der ersten Position im Balken. */ void balken( unsigned int zeile, /* Start-Position */ unsigned int spalte, unsigned int laenge, /* Laenge des Balkens */ unsigned char c, /* Fuellzeichen */ unsigned int modus) /* Low-Byte: Attribut */ /* High-Byte: Bildschirmseite */ { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 2; /* Cursor auf der angegebenen */ intregs.h.dh = zeile; /* Bildschirmseite versetzen. */ intregs.h.dl = spalte; intregs.h.bh = (modus >> 8); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); putcb9(c, laenge, modus); /* Balken ausgeben. */ } /*---------------------------------------------------------------- * input() liest Zeichen von der Tastatur ein und haengt '\0' an. * Mit Backspace kann die Eingabe geloescht werden. * Das Attribut am Bildschirm bleibt erhalten. * * Argumente: 1. Zeiger auf den Eingabepuffer. * 2. Anzahl maximal einzulesender Zeichen. * 3. Die optionalen Argumente: Zeichen, mit denen die * Eingabe abgebrochen werden kann. * Diese Liste muá mit CR = '\r' enden! * Return-Wert: Das Zeichen, mit dem die Eingabe abgebrochen wurde. */ #include <stdarg.h> int getcb( void); /* Zum Lesen der Tastatur */ int input(char *puffer, int max,... ) { int c; /* aktuelles Zeichen */ int breakc; /* Abruchzeichen */ int nc = 0; /* Anzahl eingelesener Zeichen */ va_list argp; /* Zeiger auf die weiteren Arumente */ while(1) { *puffer = '\0'; va_start(argp, max); /* argp initialisieren */ c = getcb(); do /* Mit Zeichen der Abbruchliste vergleichen */ if(c == (breakc = va_arg(argp,int)) ) return(breakc); while( breakc != '\r' ); va_end( argp); if( c == '\b' && nc > 0) /* Backspace? */ { --nc; --puffer; putcb(c); putcb(' '); putcb(c); } else if( c >= 32 && c <= 255 && nc < max ) { ++nc; *puffer++ = c; putcb(c); } else if( nc == max) putcb('\7'); /* Ton ausgeben */ } } 8th /* Video.c --> Enthaelt die Funktionen * cls(), * scroll_up(), scroll_down(), * set_cur(), get_cur(), * set_screen_page(), get_screen_page() * * Die Prototypen dieser Funktionen befinden sich in BIO.H */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> #include "bio.h" #define VIDEO_INT 0x10 typedef unsigned char BYTE; void scroll_up( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster hoch rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x600 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 6, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void scroll_down( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster runter rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x700 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 7, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void set_cur( int zeile, int spalte) /* versetzt den Cursor */ { /* der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 2; intregs.h.dh = (BYTE)zeile; intregs.h.dl = (BYTE)spalte; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void get_cur(int *zeile, int *spalte) /* holt die Cursor- */ { /* Position der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 3; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); *zeile = (unsigned)intregs.h.dh; *spalte = (unsigned)intregs.h.dl; } void cls(void) { scroll_up(0,0,24); /* Gesamten Bildschirm loeschen. */ set_cur(0,0); /* Cursor in Home-Position. */ } int get_screen_page(void) /* Aktuelle Bildschirmseite holen.*/ { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 15; /* Subfunktion AH = 15: */ /* Bildschirm-Modus feststellen. */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); return (intregs.h.bh); } void set_screen_page(int seite) /* setzt die aktive Seite des */ { /* Bildschirmpuffers auf die */ /* angegebene Seite. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x500 + seite; /* Subfunktion AH = 5 */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /* ------------------------------------------------------------- Ein kleines Testprogramm : */ /* #include <stdio.h> int main() { cls(); set_cur(23, 0); printf("Weiter mit <Return>\n"); set_cur(12, 20); printf("Ein Test!\n"); getchar(); scroll_up(3, 5, 20); getchar(); scroll_down(6, 5, 20); getchar(); set_screen_page(1); printf("\nAuf der 2. Seite !\n"); getchar(); set_screen_page(0); set_cur(0,0); printf("\nWieder auf der 1. Seite !\n"); getchar(); cls(); return 0; } */ /* Video.c --> Enthaelt die Funktionen * cls(), * scroll_up(), scroll_down(), * set_cur(), get_cur(), * set_screen_page(), get_screen_page() * * Die Prototypen dieser Funktionen befinden sich in BIO.H */ /* Hinweis: Es muss ein DOS-Compiler verwendet werden. * * (z.B. der GNU-Compiler fuer DOS auf der CD) */ #include <dos.h> #include "bio.h" #define VIDEO_INT 0x10 typedef unsigned char BYTE; void scroll_up( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster hoch rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x600 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 6, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void scroll_down( int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile) { /* Fenster runter rollen. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x700 + anzahl; /* Subfunktion AH = 7, */ /* AL = Anzahl Zeilen. */ intregs.x.cx = anf_zeile << 8; /* CH=anf_zeile, cl=0 */ intregs.x.dx = (end_zeile <<8) | 79; /* DH=end_zeile,DL=79 */ intregs.h.bh = 7; /* normales Attribut */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void set_cur( int zeile, int spalte) /* versetzt den Cursor */ { /* der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 2; intregs.h.dh = (BYTE)zeile; intregs.h.dl = (BYTE)spalte; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } void get_cur(int *zeile, int *spalte) /* holt die Cursor- */ { /* Position der aktuellen Bildschirmseite.*/ union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 3; intregs.h.bh = (BYTE)get_screen_page(); int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); *zeile = (unsigned)intregs.h.dh; *spalte = (unsigned)intregs.h.dl; } void cls(void) { scroll_up(0,0,24); /* Gesamten Bildschirm loeschen. */ set_cur(0,0); /* Cursor in Home-Position. */ } int get_screen_page(void) /* Aktuelle Bildschirmseite holen.*/ { union REGS intregs; intregs.h.ah = 15; /* Subfunktion AH = 15: */ /* Bildschirm-Modus feststellen. */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); return (intregs.h.bh); } void set_screen_page(int seite) /* setzt die aktive Seite des */ { /* Bildschirmpuffers auf die */ /* angegebene Seite. */ union REGS intregs; intregs.x.ax = 0x500 + seite; /* Subfunktion AH = 5 */ int86(VIDEO_INT, &intregs, &intregs); } /* ------------------------------------------------------------- Ein kleines Testprogramm : */ /* #include <stdio.h> int main() { cls(); set_cur(23, 0); printf("Weiter mit <Return>\n"); set_cur(12, 20); printf("Ein Test!\n"); getchar(); scroll_up(3, 5, 20); getchar(); scroll_down(6, 5, 20); getchar(); set_screen_page(1); printf("\nAuf der 2. Seite !\n"); getchar(); set_screen_page(0); set_cur(0,0); printf("\nWieder auf der 1. Seite !\n"); getchar(); cls(); return 0; } */ /* BIO.H --> Enthaelt die Prototypen der BIOS-Funktionen. */ /* --- Funktionen in VIDEO.C --- */ extern void scroll_up(int anzahl, int anf_zeile,int end_zeile); extern void scroll_down(int anzahl, int anf_zeile, int end_zeile); extern void set_cur(int zeile, int spalte); extern void get_cur(int *zeile, int *spalte); extern void cls(void); extern int get_screen_page(void); extern void set_screen_page(int page); /* --- Funktionen in GETCB.C / PUTCB.C --- */ extern int getcb(void); extern void putcb(int c); extern void putcb9(int c, unsigned count, unsigned modus); extern void balken(int zeile, int spalte, int laenge, int c, unsigned modus); extern int input(char *puffer, int max,... ); need your help, can't find my mistakes:((

Read the article

Strange WPF ListBox Behavior

- by uncle-harvey

I’m trying to bind a List of items to a listbox in WPF. The items are grouped by one value and each group is to be housed in an expander. Everything works fine when I don’t use any custom styles. However, when I use custom styles (which work properly with non-grouped items and as independent controls) the binding doesn’t display any items. Below is the code I’m executing. Any ideas why the items won’t show up in the Expander? Test.xaml: <Window x:Class="Glossy.Test" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation" xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" Title="Test" Height="300" Width="300"> <Window.Resources> <ResourceDictionary> <ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> <ResourceDictionary Source="..\TestStyles.xaml"/> <ResourceDictionary> <Style x:Key="ContainerStyle" TargetType="{x:Type GroupItem}"> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate> <Expander Header="{Binding}" IsExpanded="True"> <ItemsPresenter /> </Expander> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> </ResourceDictionary> </ResourceDictionary.MergedDictionaries> </ResourceDictionary> </Window.Resources> <Grid> <ListBox x:Name="TestList"> <ListBox.GroupStyle> <GroupStyle ContainerStyle="{StaticResource ContainerStyle}"/> </ListBox.GroupStyle> </ListBox> </Grid> Test.xaml.cs: public partial class Test : Window { private List<Contact> _ContactItems; public List<Contact> ContactItems { get { return _ContactItems; } set { _ContactItems = value; } } public Test() { InitializeComponent(); ContactItems = new List<Contact>(); ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "ABC"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 1"; ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "ABC"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 2"; ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "ABC"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 3"; ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "ABC"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 10"; ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "ABC"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 11"; ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "ABC"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 12"; ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "RST"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 7"; ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "RST"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 8"; ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "RST"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 9"; ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "XYZ"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 4"; ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "XYZ"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 5"; ContactItems.Add(new Contact()); ContactItems.Last().CompanyName = "XYZ"; ContactItems.Last().Name = "Contact 6"; ICollectionView view = CollectionViewSource.GetDefaultView(ContactItems); view.GroupDescriptions.Add(new PropertyGroupDescription("CompanyName")); view.SortDescriptions.Add(new SortDescription("Name", ListSortDirection.Ascending)); TestList.ItemsSource = view; } } public class Contact { public string CompanyName { get; set; } public string Name { get; set; } public override string ToString() { return Name; } } TestStyles.xaml: <Style TargetType="{x:Type ListBox}"> <Setter Property="SnapsToDevicePixels" Value="true"/> <Setter Property="OverridesDefaultStyle" Value="true"/> <Setter Property="ScrollViewer.HorizontalScrollBarVisibility" Value="Auto"/> <Setter Property="ScrollViewer.VerticalScrollBarVisibility" Value="Auto"/> <Setter Property="ScrollViewer.CanContentScroll" Value="true"/> <Setter Property="MinWidth" Value="120"/> <Setter Property="MinHeight" Value="95"/> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="ListBox"> <Grid Background="Black"> <Rectangle VerticalAlignment="Stretch" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" Fill="White"> <Rectangle.OpacityMask> <DrawingBrush> <DrawingBrush.Drawing> <GeometryDrawing Geometry="M65.5,33 L537.5,35 537.5,274.5 C536.5,81 119.5,177 66.5,92" Brush="#11444444"> <GeometryDrawing.Pen> <Pen Brush="Transparent"/> </GeometryDrawing.Pen> </GeometryDrawing> </DrawingBrush.Drawing> </DrawingBrush> </Rectangle.OpacityMask> </Rectangle> <Border Name="Border" Background="Transparent" BorderBrush="Gray" BorderThickness="1" CornerRadius="2"> <ScrollViewer Margin="0" Focusable="false"> <StackPanel Margin="2" IsItemsHost="True" /> </ScrollViewer> </Border> </Grid> <ControlTemplate.Triggers> <Trigger Property="IsEnabled" Value="false"> <Setter TargetName="Border" Property="Background" Value="Gray" /> <Setter TargetName="Border" Property="BorderBrush" Value="DimGray" /> </Trigger> <Trigger Property="IsGrouping" Value="true"> <Setter Property="ScrollViewer.CanContentScroll" Value="false"/> </Trigger> </ControlTemplate.Triggers> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> <Style TargetType="{x:Type ListBoxItem}"> <Setter Property="SnapsToDevicePixels" Value="true"/> <Setter Property="OverridesDefaultStyle" Value="true"/> <Setter Property="Foreground" Value="Gray"/> <Setter Property="Background" Value="Transparent"/> <Setter Property="FontFamily" Value="Verdana"/> <Setter Property="HorizontalAlignment" Value="Stretch"/> <Setter Property="FontSize" Value="11"/> <Setter Property="Margin" Value="3,1,3,1"/> <Setter Property="Padding" Value="0"/> <Setter Property="FontWeight" Value="Normal"/> <Setter Property="VerticalAlignment" Value="Center"/> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="ListBoxItem"> <Border Name="Border" Padding="2" SnapsToDevicePixels="true"> <ContentPresenter /> </Border> <ControlTemplate.Triggers> <Trigger Property="IsSelected" Value="true"> <Setter TargetName="Border" Property="Background" Value="Gray"/> </Trigger> <Trigger Property="IsEnabled" Value="false"> <Setter Property="Foreground" Value="White"/> </Trigger> </ControlTemplate.Triggers> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> <ControlTemplate x:Key="ExpanderToggleButton" TargetType="ToggleButton"> <Border Name="Border" CornerRadius="2,0,0,0" Background="Transparent" BorderBrush="LightGray" BorderThickness="0,0,1,0"> <Path Name="Arrow" Fill="Blue" HorizontalAlignment="Center" VerticalAlignment="Center" Data="M 0 0 L 4 4 L 8 0 Z"/> </Border> <ControlTemplate.Triggers> <Trigger Property="ToggleButton.IsMouseOver" Value="True"> <Setter TargetName="Border" Property="Background" Value="Gray" /> </Trigger> <Trigger Property="IsPressed" Value="True"> <Setter TargetName="Border" Property="Background" Value="Black" /> </Trigger> <Trigger Property="IsChecked" Value="True"> <Setter TargetName="Arrow" Property="Data" Value="M 0 4 L 4 0 L 8 4 Z" /> </Trigger> <Trigger Property="IsEnabled" Value="False"> <Setter TargetName="Border" Property="Background" Value="DimGray" /> <Setter TargetName="Border" Property="BorderBrush" Value="DimGray" /> <Setter Property="Foreground" Value="LightGray"/> <Setter TargetName="Arrow" Property="Fill" Value="LightBlue" /> </Trigger> </ControlTemplate.Triggers> </ControlTemplate> <Style TargetType="{x:Type Expander}"> <Setter Property="Foreground" Value="White"/> <Setter Property="FontFamily" Value="Verdana"/> <Setter Property="FontSize" Value="11"/> <Setter Property="FontWeight" Value="Normal"/> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="Expander"> <Grid> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> <RowDefinition Name="ContentRow" Height="0"/> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Border Name="Border" Grid.Row="0" Background="Black" BorderBrush="DimGray" BorderThickness="1" Cursor="Hand" CornerRadius="2,2,0,0" > <Grid HorizontalAlignment="Left"> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="23"/> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="20" /> <ColumnDefinition Width="*" /> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ToggleButton IsChecked="{Binding Path=IsExpanded,Mode=TwoWay,RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent}}" Template="{StaticResource ExpanderToggleButton}" Background="Black" /> <Label Grid.Column="1" FontSize="14" FontWeight="Normal" Margin="0" VerticalAlignment="Top" Foreground="White" FontFamily="Verdana"> <ContentPresenter Grid.Column="1" Margin="4,3,0,0" HorizontalAlignment="Left" ContentSource="Header" RecognizesAccessKey="True" /> </Label> </Grid> </Border> <Border Name="Content" Background="Black" BorderBrush="DimGray" BorderThickness="1,0,1,1" Grid.Row="1" CornerRadius="0,0,2,2" > <Grid Background="Black"> <Rectangle VerticalAlignment="Stretch" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" Fill="White"> <Rectangle.OpacityMask> <DrawingBrush> <DrawingBrush.Drawing> <GeometryDrawing Geometry="M65.5,33 L537.5,35 537.5,274.5 C536.5,81 119.5,177 66.5,92" Brush="#11444444"> <GeometryDrawing.Pen> <Pen Brush="Transparent"/> </GeometryDrawing.Pen> </GeometryDrawing> </DrawingBrush.Drawing> </DrawingBrush> </Rectangle.OpacityMask> </Rectangle> <ContentPresenter Margin="4" /> </Grid> </Border> </Grid> <ControlTemplate.Triggers> <Trigger Property="IsExpanded" Value="True"> <Setter TargetName="ContentRow" Property="Height" Value="{Binding ElementName=Content,Path=DesiredHeight}" /> </Trigger> <Trigger Property="IsEnabled" Value="False"> <Setter TargetName="Border" Property="Background" Value="Gray" /> <Setter TargetName="Border" Property="BorderBrush" Value="DimGray" /> <Setter Property="Foreground" Value="White"/> </Trigger> </ControlTemplate.Triggers> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style>

Search Results

Search found 11086 results on 444 pages for '3rd party controls'.

Page 443/444 | < Previous Page | 439 440 441 442 443 444 | Next Page >

- by alecrust

- by Peter

- by Ben

- by Alvin

- by salvationishere

- by Pajci

- by MOKANA

- by ScottGu

- by Tiago

- by Stephen.Walther

- by Jakobud

- by Jordan Magnuson

- by Ryan

- by CodeChef

- by Kim Thomas

- by user296422

- by Jeramy

- by mawg

- by user89818

- by Hoff

- by Mark Virtue

- by Tarun

- by user356937

- by osabri

- by uncle-harvey

< Previous Page | 439 440 441 442 443 444 | Next Page >